Landing Page Design Company

We Convert Visitors to Buyers!

We Understand the Science of Designing Landing Pages

indepth research
We're Digital Scientists

We analyze your product, service, or business, and design a landing page that not only appeals, but funnels the visitor.

Visitor Perception

Understanding what to display to convert the visitor is essential to your landing page.

custom works
From Scratch or From Templates

We design our landing pages from scratch, but if your project is budget conscious we can work with it.

Landing Page Design

A landing page is a micro website that is focused on one specific product offering or service. An effective landing page design will guide the user to take action. If you are running a marketing campaign you may want to consider driving traffic to a matching landing page. This will help reduce costs and increase conversion rates.

landing page designer

Valid Landing pages which improve Conversion

get results with custom landing page design

Taking the research and developing the landing page around the research is what separates the wheat from the chaff.

Landing Page Web Design Agency

Our team of web designers, web developers and creative strategist have over 20+ years of experience creating landing pages that convert. Elevate your brand today with a landing page.

landing page design agency

    [0] => WP_Post Object
            [ID] => 13400
            [post_author] => 13
            [post_date] => 2019-01-01 16:44:51
            [post_date_gmt] => 2019-01-01 16:44:51
            [post_content] => The New Year is here, and we're ready to take it head-on with fresh, new content. We have had the pleasure of creating brands from the ground up or elevating an existing brand to new heights. With that said, we're proud to be ringing in the New Year with some of our top pieces of social media content that we've created in 2018. Are you ready?

[foogallery id="13410"]

What makes good content on social media? At first glance, the message has to be relevant, relatable and timely to the target audience and visually aesthetic as well. It has to make people want to click through and see what your product or your brand story is all about - and that's why our top social media content for 2018 was so successful. Our team immersed itself in each of the brands that chose us to be their social media agency, content creation studio or photography and video production agency. We learned everything there was to learn about them and created or elevated these brands to new levels. We established concrete brand guidelines that had cognizant, grounded font and color choices, a defining, memorable logo and website copywriting that brought the brand and their story to life. It's not easy, and it's a ton of dedicated (wo)manhours, but it's oh-so-rewarding when you see everything you've been working hard on come to fruition. If you want a breakdown of what a social media agency actually does, check out our blog. Trust us; we don't just scour Facebook, Twitter, Snapchat, Instagram, LinkedIn or any other social platform and watch what embarrassing family photos are being posted about you. We're functionally trying to grow your brand from the inside out.

Content creation is only the first step. What to do with that content on the social media space is the next step. Knowing how to leverage content on social media is part of our job as a social media marketing agency. Our team has created a list below with a few client goals we achieved while creating our content strategy for the top social media posts of 2018. It'll help you create a basic checklist when you're shopping around for the best social media agency and how to express what goals you're trying to achieve for your business:
- Increase Followers
- Elevate Brand awareness
- Generate Leads and sales
- Increase community engagement
- Streamline customer support
- Distribute content consistently and promptly

Creating the right content strategy for your business is equally as important as the content piece itself. No one wants to put the time or money into creating the most perfect piece of content only to say: "Alright, now what? Finding out what your social media goals are is quintessential to this process.

The top social media content of 2018 also has the metrics to back it up. Rule of thumb: ALWAYS measure your social media metrics. If you do not measure your social media metrics, you may want to look back at our post on The Lowdown on Social Media Content Strategy. There's nothing more disheartening than learning you've been working backward this whole time, so do yourself a favor, and give it a quick skim to learn the fundamental importance of social media metrics and content creation.

How do you measure an intangible metric like brand awareness or growth? It's simple. The great thing about social media is that each platform has their own metrics dashboard built in natively where you can monitor these statistics daily, weekly, monthly or even a custom timeframe. These metrics are basic at their core, but can still provide some valuable data at face value. You can opt to have even more advanced metrics if you use third-party social media management tools like Buffer, Social Sprout, Google Analytics or others. There are a variety of tools out there, even some that are comprehensive to a specific platform.

Great content doesn't always have to go viral for it to be good. Viral content helps, but it shouldn't define your business or your content strategy. Always keep your business and social media goals in mind. Good content can be simple. It doesn't have to be overly produced or written by George R. R. Martin. It just has to evoke emotion in your audience. It's as simple as just being human. It has to be relevant, relatable and timely. Should you leave this article with anything, it should be that - content should be relatable, relevant and timely to your audience. It's our mantra here at Brandamos.

Overall, 2018 was a great year, and we hope it was for you, too. With 2019 at our doorstep, we're ready to elevate our content creation game. We are excited to see what the new year will bring and what content we'll have lined up to show off next, so stay tuned.
            [post_title] => Food and Beverage Content of 2018
            [post_excerpt] => 
            [post_status] => publish
            [comment_status] => open
            [ping_status] => open
            [post_password] => 
            [post_name] => social-media-content-food-brands
            [to_ping] => 
            [pinged] => 
            [post_modified] => 2019-01-08 15:42:45
            [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-01-08 15:42:45
            [post_content_filtered] => 
            [post_parent] => 0
            [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=13400
            [menu_order] => 0
            [post_type] => post
            [post_mime_type] => 
            [comment_count] => 0
            [filter] => raw

    [1] => WP_Post Object
            [ID] => 12826
            [post_author] => 13
            [post_date] => 2018-09-26 02:05:55
            [post_date_gmt] => 2018-09-26 02:05:55
            [post_content] => We live in a world of "internet celebrities." Internet celebrities are users on social media who have established credibility in a specific industry. They have access to a large audience and can persuade them to take action through their authenticity and reach. The term we use in the biz for this is called "Social Media Influencer" or "Influencer" for short.


We're sure you've heard many stories of [insert marketing agency name here] and [insert brand here] collaborating with [insert famous celeb name here] and reaching sky high impressions, reach and followers and even going viral. It sounds amazing, lucrative and the quickest way to internet famedom for your brand, right? Yes and no. And here's why.

The Truth About Influencer Marketing

The truth is influencer marketing could be a good thing, but it could also be a very bad and very costly strategy if not executed correctly with the right influencer or marketing agency. But before we get into the good, the bad and the costly, why exactly would you need an influencer in the first place? Well, there are many reasons to invest in influencer marketing, but the main reason is to tap into to your influencers audience and expand your own brand's personal reach and influence through someone else's influence.

There is also a level of endorsement in your brand from the influencer, which could help sell your product or service because it is coming from said influencer. Influencers can also create personalized content for your brand that will be posted on their own social media accounts for their followers to see and engage with. I'm sure by this part of the article you're probably thinking, "this all sounds amazing! Sign me up with Bruce Willis and let's sell my microfiber hair towels!"

In this scenario, without giving it any other thought, the marketing agency will blindly do just that for you: sign up Bruce Willis to sell your hair towels. Thousands of millions of dollars are poured into all types of marketing campaigns and initiatives. Contests, giveaways, email blasts, coupon codes, you name it, it was done. It's three months later, and you're wondering why your ROI is more pathetic than peanuts even though you spent all this money. And there it is - the answer - staring back at you, clear as day, shining off of Bruce Willis' bald dome.

At this moment, you have realized the marketing agency you hired overlooked the fact that this particular influencer, Bruce Willis is bald and trying to sell microfiber hair towels. Let that sink in. A bald guy selling hair towels. And then you wonder why you didn't make your projected sales after literally throwing away millions of dollars on these lucrative campaigns. You're saying, "But, it's Bruce Willis. The Bruce Willis. He's famous and has a lot of followers." That's great, and all, but no amount of influence from Bruce Willis is going to sell your hair towels because he's not the right influencer. And this was the point we were trying to make. This hypothetical situation is a classic marketing agency/influencer campaign gone wrong.

Influencer Marketing Is Still A Relatively New Space

The problem with influencer marketing is that it is still a relatively new space that needs more research and more discovery. Brands are sold on the notion that by participating in any influencer marketing campaign, they will get an influencer that will create content for them and it is just supposed to perform well, increase sales or brand awareness. And it may achieve all that, but then you have to ask yourself, is this right audience? Is it this the messaging? Is this the right influencer?

See what we mean? It's a complicated space, so we're going to make it easy for you and break it down to the pros and cons.

The Pros
Paid influencer marketing is a great way for marketers to help brands raise awareness for their products or service. It's important to understand the benefits and costs of paid influencer marketing before committing to just any strategy.

If done right, influencer marketing campaigns can create twice as many sales as paid ads, with customers acquired through influencer marketing campaigns having a 37-percent higher retention rate. And if you're a newcomer in the space, there is a possibility for a rapid rise in brand awareness, but again, only through the right influencer.

Getting the right influencer can also reduce your sales cycle time. If your customers are entering your sales funnel after being contacted by an influencer or seeing your influencers post with your branded content, they are much more likely to be ready to purchase than a typical lead. In a nutshell, influencer marketing can reduce the time it takes for your customers to commit. If utilized right, influencers can be a huge mouthpiece for marketing your brand.

The Cons
What are the cons? Like we mentioned, influencer marketing is still a relatively new space. Lot's of preliminary research needs to be done before settling on Bruce Willis to sell your hair towels. You need to identify the influencers that are going to be sending the right message for your brand.

When it comes to influencer marketing, there is a level of expectation in that you'll be able to see the results right away. This way of thinking couldn't be further from the truth. In fact, influencer marketing yields no results for months, and the reason why most influencer marketing initiatives fail is that the results of your efforts are either not being measured accurately, or the company is expecting to know if their initiatives are succeeding too early before pulling out. The truth is there is no actual guarantee that influencer marketing will succeed, but there is definitely a chance for success.

Ultimately, there is a lot of gray areas when it comes to influencer marketing, and there is no "one-size fits all" strategy, and that's how most agencies will treat it.

At Brandamos, we know that each client has their own niche, their own target audience and their own unique, personalized brand messaging. We consume ourselves in your brand and learn everything there is to know before consulting any possible influencers, which is very important for trust-building, not just with your brand, but with the influencer who will have a hand in endorsing your brand as well.

Influencer marketing usually gets a bad rap, but if done right, technically and strategically, it can be mutually rewarding and profitable and who doesn't like a good win-win every now and again? If you're thinking about elevating your digital marketing strategy to the next level and are thinking about entering the influencer marketing space, let us help you.
            [post_title] => What's An Influencer and Are They Right For Your Business?
            [post_excerpt] => 
            [post_status] => publish
            [comment_status] => open
            [ping_status] => open
            [post_password] => 
            [post_name] => is-influencer-marketing-right-for-you
            [to_ping] => 
            [pinged] => 
            [post_modified] => 2018-09-26 02:09:43
            [post_modified_gmt] => 2018-09-26 02:09:43
            [post_content_filtered] => 
            [post_parent] => 0
            [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=12826
            [menu_order] => 0
            [post_type] => post
            [post_mime_type] => 
            [comment_count] => 0
            [filter] => raw

    [2] => WP_Post Object
            [ID] => 13205
            [post_author] => 5
            [post_date] => 2018-09-20 18:05:29
            [post_date_gmt] => 2018-09-20 18:05:29
            [post_content] => 

Social Media Reach Is Underpriced

Social media is one of the most essential tools that online businesses use these days to promote their brand. Many business owners, artists, and freelancers choose to do their social media marketing. But this can be tough. Most business owners do not have the expertise to know how to maximize their effectiveness with social media or the tools that can best serve them. So, often, business owners and managers fumble around trying this and that until they find something that works. This is okay if you have the time to spend figuring it out as you go. But many business owners and entrepreneurs have figured out that Tim Ferris is right in his book, The Four-Hour Work Week, in which he recommends outsourcing as the key ingredient to a business's success. If you are struggling with your social media and you are not sure how to use it to increase your ROI and promote your brand, you may want to look into enlisting the help of a social media firm. Social media expert agencies exist for the sole purpose of using social media to promote brands and increase your ROI. This should be your goal with social media unless of course, you are just doing it as a hobby. To see real results, sometimes it is necessary to hire an outside expert to do what you may not have the time to do yourself.

How a Social Media Agency Works

A Social Media marketing agency works by taking your information about your business and promoting it positively on all of the different platforms and varieties of social media. Whether it be Facebook or Linkedin, Twitter, or Pinterest, each different social media marketing agency has something to offer that can help boost your brand. It's important to note that these agencies take the view that there is a quantum leap between advertising and marketing. Advertising is the specific promotion of products or services with the goal being to sell. While that is the long-term goal regarding generating revenue, the real purpose of a social media company is to focus on branding. Branding involves a deeper dive into the various aspects of what it takes to make a business and a brand successful. Its primary goal is to create a brand a household name or at least increase its presence on various places on the web so that it is easily recognizable by the target audience.

7 Major Ways a Social Media Company Can Help You

If you own online business, there are several different ways a social media expert or firm can help your business grow. We have listed the top advantages below.

Business Marketing

As mentioned before, the major goal of these agencies is brand recognition and promotion, but it's also important to promote the products and services of a company using effective strategies that bring in business. After all, you can't stay in business if you don't make money, right? If you hire a media agency to help you with this, they can focus on your marketing and help you manage your brand presence on all of the social media sites. This puts your company name out there, along with your products and services to help build your brand across all of the major platforms and helps you reach the most significant number of potential customers possible.

Building Brand Recognition

Branding is everything, and social media experts can help you get your brand recognized on all of the major social media platforms. This creates a sense of continuity with your brand that can build your reputation and make people more familiar with your brand over time. Building brand recognition doesn't happen overnight. But social media firms can work on this for you and help build your brand with various social media outlets. You could do much of this yourself but handing it over to a social media management firm can be an excellent solution for the busy entrepreneur, artist, writer, or hobbyist who needs to streamline this system and make sure you get the right type of media out to the appropriate social media channels.

Getting the Right Clients

Another big way social media experts can help you with your branding and business is to get you the clientele you need. Experts with social media can concentrate on making your brand more accessible to the clients that are most likely to purchase from you or subscribe to your brand. Getting traffic is easy. But getting targeted traffic is the key to lasting success. Managers of social media campaigns know how to use Facebook, for example, to create an attractive ad that is displayed at the right time when a potential customer is looking for certain recommendations from their Facebook friends. Pinterest subscribers will react to your pins more frequently when they are placed in the right place, on the right board, and at the right time. Social media gurus have a keen sense of what to place and where and when to put it. So it takes the guesswork out of the process.

Projecting Brand Values

Along with the promotion of products and branding, you'll want to make sure you communicate brand values. Think about the principles and slogan that you have in place for your business. Are you able to communicate this in your advertising effectively? Think about how Coca-Cola uses their brand to promote their values in the "Smile Campaign." In one commercial, they showed various people sharing a free Coke and a smile with strangers all along various places in the world. This illustrated the inner values of the Coca-Cola company regarding how they wanted their product to help spread joy rather than just to make them money. In another ad, they illustrated how Coke could spread happiness in this beautiful ad featuring the famous Coca-Cola polar bears. However a brand promotes its values, it can all be shared on social media. That's another way a social media company can help you improve your brand and communicate what you value as a company.

Brand Promotion

We talked earlier about creating brand recognition. That was the first step in promoting your brand, by introducing it to the world. Once you do that, you'll need to focus on promoting your brand further by being consistent in your efforts to get the word out about your brand in a professional manner. Knowing your target audience is the job of social media professionals. They will work with you to focus on the most important aspects of your brand and get the word out about how your brand can solve problems for customers. This is where it is also essential to know which platforms work best for your ad campaigns and how to promote the subtler aspects of your brand best. If you have a great social media marketing strategy, your social media experts can plan a strategy that will put your brand in front of your target audience on a variety of platforms where your customers can be found.

Achieving Business Goals

Another advantage of a social media group is to let them help you promote your brand and your products and services in less time than it would take you to do it yourself. For the busy entrepreneur who needs to grow their business, using a social media company can help you make better use of your time so you can work on other things.

Getting the Edge on the Competition

Another great advantage of dealing with an agency for your social media tasks is that they can study your competition using a variety of tools that can help give you an edge on your competition. Competent social media experts know the strategies that have to be applied to win the game of business and make your brand more prominent than your competition when it comes to solving the problems of your customers.

The Art of Social Media Management

If you own online business, you may have seen software such as Salesforce.com or Semrush.com that takes an automated approach to management of your social media presence. The problem with these systems, however, is that they are too reliant on automated systems that attempt to take out the human factor. Real social media success can only come from the personal approach. Hiring professional people who understand the social media business can help you get the edge on your competition and put it into the capable hands of seasoned social media professionals instead. This approach is better than leaving it to automation. While many have found success with automated systems, there is always something lacking when the entire process is moved to automation. It takes the human touch to organize and carry out a successful social media campaign. Expert social media professionals can help with this process.

10 Things a Social Marketing Agency Does

In addition to the basic things we've discussed in this article so far, social media agencies focus on the following tasks to help promote a brand. 1. Brainstorm strategies to help promote your brand on various platforms. Remember that every social media platform has different specifications, standards, and specific ways to help your business. Social media management experts know which platforms to use and when and how to maximize your effect to reach the most significant number of potential clients.
2. Know the technical specifications of social media publication. Each social media platform also has different specifications for uploading and saving graphics and other digital media. Experts with this type of know-how know what these specs are and they can take the guesswork out of how to upload, manage, and promote various media within all of the platforms. This process takes a lot of time to do if you try to do it yourself. So it's a good thing to outsource if you are a busy business owner.
3. Manage your social media profiles. Once you have your social media accounts up and running, you'll need to make sure you keep them updated regularly. This includes posting regularly, posting new content, and replying to comments or interactions from customers or visitors.
4. Creating original content. The most important aspect of maintaining a social media presence is in creating original content. Social media managers can handle your pages on a regular basis and update your pages with fresh content. Regularly posted content is the most important factor in managing your social media pages.
5. Updating your profile. Another important task that media managers can do for your social media pages is to update your profile. While this is not something, you have to do often, when your status changes in any way such as adding new products or services, a new skill set, or other factors, your media manager can update this information for you.
6. Maintaining customer service. Did you know that social media platforms can serve as your best mode of customer service? Sure! More people are hopping on social media pages of brands they shop with because they think they will get a faster reply and faster customer service by communicating via Facebook or Twitter. Leaving a message allows customers to deal directly with a brand without having to wait for a reply from a customer service email that usually takes a few days. Email is always slower than online social media methods.
7. Advertising for your products and services. In addition to the other things, social media companies and agencies can advertise specific products or services for your business. This can help you increase sales with specific advertisements that they can put out on your Facebook or Twitter accounts. Even Pinterest and Instagrampint have become more popular for specific product ads since you can focus on photos and video and the pins and photos on these platforms seem to get a lot of attention from visual learners who are looking for shopping options.
8. Entertaining your audience No matter what type of business you are in, entertaining audiences is a part of this. People want to be entertained. They want to find something funny, touching, or unique. Giving your customers valuable information is also a way to grab their attention that can lead to better sales and revenue and increased levels of ROI.
9. Cross-linking your digital media assets. One of the most important things you should do when dealing with and managing your social media is to cross-link your digital assets. For example, if you have a YouTube video, you should put a link to your social media within the YouTube video description. Then link back to your YouTube channel from your social media outlets. Google is fine with this technique providing the content on all of your social media is relevant to each other.
10. Gaining leads and followers. Another critical task that a social media manager does is to help you gain more leads and followers for your brand. Facebook allows you to create business pages easily from any page and people can "Like" your page to follow your business page. Then every time someone likes your page, you will have a new potential lead for your brand. Anything you post will show up as a notification to these followers. That way, you can keep posting information and entertaining content in front of your followers anytime.

Why Hire a Social Media Agency?

So why should you hire a social media firm? Should you try to do it yourself instead? Everything always comes down to either money or time, doesn't it? That's the question you must answer: whether you would rather spend money or time. If you have the time to spare, do it yourself. But remember that spending the extra money to get an expert for your social media marketing tasks might well be worth the money you spend to get the results you need.

What to Look for in a Social Media Agency

When you are looking for a social media firm to help you with your social media goals, you should consider the following characteristics.

Social Media Help Pricing

You will find that different agencies charge different prices for social media help. Depending on how often you want them to post, manage, or update your sites and pages, you can expect to pay anywhere from $10 per hour to $1,000 or more per month. Most media managers charge a rate based on the job rather than an hourly wage. So you can figure out the basic rate based on the amount of time and tools that are needed to complete your tasks. In general, the more customized you want your posts and the more results you require, the more you will pay for this service. Many social media experts will charge based on the results they can bring you. For example, they may charge you more if they can help you generate more leads and sales from what they do, rather then just charging a flat rate per project or hour.


Once you decide to utilize the services of a social media expert or agency, communicate with them regularly to let them know what you want. Have a conference with them and give them a list of the most important qualities of your business that you want to be stressed on your media platforms. Provide them with pictures and videos of important products, services, and ideas you want to promote. Give them everything they need and then tell them how often you want them to post on your pages. Give them a try. If you don't like the result, you can find another agency to do it for you. Your social media presence is too significant to leave it to chance. So find the people who can help you most and stick with them. [post_title] => What does a social media agency do? [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => what-does-a-social-media-agency-do [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2018-10-17 11:47:29 [post_modified_gmt] => 2018-10-17 11:47:29 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=13205 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [3] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 12720 [post_author] => 13 [post_date] => 2018-07-27 18:56:44 [post_date_gmt] => 2018-07-27 18:56:44 [post_content] =>

Welcome to the mother-of-all content marketing strategies for creating contagious content and elevating your presence on social media!

With nearly two-thirds of the American population using social media, it is hard to ignore the power and benefits of mastering your social media channels to your businesses advantage. And with so many options to kick-start your social media, your first instinct will be to create accounts on every platform that you think will be viable for your business. Right? Wrong.

Unfortunately, jumping head-first into creating an account on every platform might not be a good first move for your business if you have no idea what content strategy you are even going to be implementing on your channels. There is a lot to think about when it comes to social media, your business, and your audience. If you really want to make a social impact, you are going to need to develop a content strategy and approach it from all angles. And that's why we are here - to guide you every step of the way.
WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW BEFORE YOU GET STARTED Spoiler alert: a lot goes into content creation. And when it comes to good content creation, it is about quality over quantity. It is about knowing your users and what drives them to share. It is about understanding what is going to elevate your visibility and reach on your social channels and having that competitive edge over other brands. Sounds easy enough, right? Maybe on paper, but practically, it is not - and that is okay. We are here to help. You must be thinking, "I get it. Now, how do I do that? How do I get there?" And the answer is research. Creating good content takes time and research. Before you even begin creating content, you will need to think about the following key components: That is the research aspect of content creation. It all comes down to understanding what your overall goals are for each platform and knowing what exactly makes your audience tick - or not. But let us not get ahead of ourselves. You first need to have a firm understanding of what your social and business goals are and how to maximize your ROI. That is step one.

STEP ONE: ESTABLISHING YOUR SOCIAL AND BUSINESS GOALS What are you trying to achieve? Are you looking to improve brand awareness? Generate new leads? Drive traffic to your website? Brand awareness is as the name explains: creating buzz about your brand among your users and ultimately above your competitors. This step boils down granularly to the number of likes, comments, retweets/shares/mentions and other engagement metrics respective to their social media channels. Lead generation is the initiation of consumer interest to your product or service. It is a way to grab the attention of that person who did not think they would be interested in your product or service, but then hook, line and sinking them into being interested in what you have to say or sell. It is a great strategy for sales leads, list building, e-newsletter list acquisition, building out reward programs, loyalty programs or for other member acquisition programs. Driving traffic to your website: this one is pretty self-explanatory. It is finding ways by using all your available channels to get people to visit your website and learn more about you or generate a sale. Once you have established what your social and business goals are, it is on to step two. STEP TWO: CHOOSING THE RIGHT PLATFORM With so many options available, it is easy to want to create accounts on all social media channels. But before you pull the trigger on all of them, take the time to study which would be the best to elevate your brand and create a follower profile. A follower profile allows you to identify your perfect customer based on demographics like age, gender, educational and career background.

Here is a breakdown:

Facebook: About 76% of adults online use Facebook. That is a good chunk of the American population. And with features like Facebook Live, Facebook video views have increased to 700-percent and rising. Think about utilizing this platform for more long-form video content. Twitter: With about 319 million active users and about 80% of its users on mobile, Twitter is most effective for local companies looking to engage with customers on-the-go. Instagram: Millennials are paving the way on Instagram. With more than 800 million monthly users, Instagram is a great way to engage with young, visual audiences. Think about utilizing Instagram for highly visual designs. Snapchat: It is tough to reach users on Snapchat, but it is not impossible. Snapchat has about 173 million daily users and serves a mostly young audience - like under 24. Think about utilizing Snapchat at event activations or promotional events. With features like geo-targeting and geo-fencing, local businesses can benefit from the local exposure using a custom-made, branded Snapchat filter. Pinterest: Like Instagram, Pinterest is powered by mostly visual content. And with around a third of adult internet users accessing Pinterest, it is a viable platform for a wide variety of consumer-related brands. The platform itself appeals more to women so if your brand is female-focused, think about utilizing Pinterest to target that demographic. LinkedIn: Not many people think to utilize LinkedIn, but as the leading B2B social media platform, and with their members across as many as 200 countries, LinkedIn is the perfect platform for businesses focused primarily on B2B and also personal brands looking for growth. Once you have figured out which social channels are going to be the best for you, it is time you moved on to step three.


It's not just taking a picture. It's making a picture. This is 1 of 4 visuals we created for our friends at Hartman Optics for their upcoming trade show booth and marketing collateral. Printed 19 feet tall! 😮 Produced by Brandamos Wardrobe by Crazy About Costumes Posted by Brandamos on Wednesday, December 13, 2017 Why do people share content? Believe it or not, there is actually a science behind it. Granted, it is not an exact science, but it is all about understanding the psychology of the mind of the people behind the computer screens. Social media is an effective way to convey emotive content. When it comes to social media, the key motivators for users to share content is the following: So when creating content, it is crucial to ask yourself what your goals are with it. Are you entertaining? Educating? Informing? Calling for action? There is no one-size-fits-all way to create content, which is why understanding your audience is so important when it comes to the content creation process. You want to create content that generates an emotional bond with your audience, and all this means is establishing a unique voice and personality for your brand, yet another essential aspect of creating consistent and contagious content. FINDING YOUR VOICE Are you fun? Quirky? Serious? Minimalist? Informative? Educational? Professional? The voices are endless, so which one are you? Content has more volume when it has been fine-tuned to a tone that resonates not only with your business but with your audience. You might want to take a professional approach on LinkedIn or a playful tone on Snapchat or Twitter. Keep in mind your voice and align it specifically to what you know about your audience metrics on social channels. We will get to audience metrics. If you have made it this far, you are still clearly interested. STUDYING YOUR COMPETITION Content creation also means studying who your competitors are, studying their content strategies and measuring their analytics to see what flipped or flopped on their channels and avoiding their mistakes. It is all about elevating yourself above the competition, which is a great segway to step four. STEP FOUR: TRACK AND ADJUST It is the least glamorous part of the content creation process, but one of the most important and that is tracking the success of your strategy and making necessary adjustments. There are many things to look out for, but the common area that businesses are most interested in is engagement, reach and conversions. Engagements measure the number of people who are taking an action on your post so think retweets, mentions, clicks, likes, comments, shares, etc. Reach measures the number of people engaging with your unique piece of content. Conversions measure how many valuable leads are connecting with your brand and how many leads your social posts are generating. SO, YOU'VE BEEN ELEVATED. NOW, WHAT? By now, we hope that you understand the complexity behind content creation and the importance of having a content strategy. Remember, a lot of trial and error goes behind posting that pretty picture. It is not a simple one and done. With some statistics projecting users connecting online to increase from 2 billion to 2.5 billion this year, it is vital to consider how to make the most out of these users on their social platforms. A content strategy is a perfect tool to not only guide you to find your ideal target audience but also helps to engage them on a deep, emotional and visual level that eventually builds trust, which leads to loyalty, which leads to higher conversions and ultimately bigger profits. A rule of thumb here at Brandamos is to create consistent and contagious content that is thoughtful and relevant to your brand's values. It is not about posting for the sake of posting or meeting a posting quota. We make sure to elevate your content beyond your competitors and in a way that is highly reflective of your brand's vision.
Get A Quote
[post_title] => The Lowdown On Social Media Content Strategy [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => the-lowdown-on-social-media-content-strategy [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2019-07-23 13:57:38 [post_modified_gmt] => 2019-07-23 13:57:38 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=12720 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [4] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 12021 [post_author] => 13 [post_date] => 2017-11-06 16:57:00 [post_date_gmt] => 2017-11-06 16:57:00 [post_content] => These past few years the United States has seen an extreme rise in drug addiction. As a result, the addiction treatment industry has skyrocketed. Since President Trump declared the opioid crisis as a national emergency, people and their family members are taking addiction more seriously. When these people search for help from an addiction treatment center they often search on Google. However, in early September a huge exposé by The Verge exposed the numerous misleading and problematic ads for addiction treatment centers flooding the most popular search engine.

Google Limits Ads for Rehab

Once The Verge exposé gained momentum, Google began taking action against misleading ads. Google has cracked down immensely on addiction treatment ads mainly by blocking a continuously growing list of keywords. Some of these keywords include “rehab(s) near me,” “alcohol treatment,” “drug addiction treatment,” and thousands more. Unfortunately, the removal of Google AdWords that prevent scam addiction treatment center ads from being seen also hide ads for reputable addiction treatment centers. This removal of ads became an unfortunate surprise many addiction treatment marketers experienced without warning.

Addiction Treatment Centers' Dependence on Google

Google is the biggest source providing patients to addiction treatment centers across the United States. Treatment centers advertising on Google state how much they want to spend on search ads per month and which keywords they’d like to run those ads against. These treatment centers pay Google every time someone clicks on their ad. This process has since been derailed by the blocking of many keywords used by treatment centers for advertising. Another problem with eliminating Google Adwords for certain keywords is the Google Maps business listings popping up in their place. A large number of addiction treatment center business listings are complete spam. These listings contain an address that only exists for a lead generation number to reach more people. Additionally, business listings are vulnerable to hijackers that take advantage of the “suggest an edit” feature on Google. Hijackers often use the edit feature to add their own 800-numbers taking away leads from the actual business. Alan Johnson, the Chief Assistant state attorney of Florida, warns businesses that “If you’re a facility and you don’t check your map on a regular basis, you will be hijacked”.

Alternatives to Google Advertising

Millions of people trust the search results given by Google. So, many marketers in the addiction treatment industry hope Google takes an active role deciphering between the scam and legitimate centers. These marketers believe setting up a certification program on Google for rehab centers is the best step for to take. Meanwhile, addiction treatment marketers can still find success advertising on websites like Bing or Facebook. Or through the traditional advertising route of radio, television, and billboards. At Brandamos, we have experience in both digital and traditional advertising and we know the best ways to reach your selected audience. Contact us today and we will put your addiction treatment center in front of as many eyes possible.     [post_title] => How Google is Disrupting the Addiction Treatment Marketing Industry [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => google-disrupting-addiction-treatment-marketing-industry [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-11-06 16:57:00 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-11-06 16:57:00 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=12021 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [5] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 11697 [post_author] => 13 [post_date] => 2017-11-01 02:33:40 [post_date_gmt] => 2017-11-01 02:33:40 [post_content] => Colors play a huge role in the branding process. Choosing the right color or colors for your brand is an important part of the design of your company. The power of color in a brand is apparent when we look at some of the biggest companies around the world. McDonald’s is known for its golden arches over a striking red background. This is different from Subway, which has the combination of white and yellow with a green outline. Your brand needs to stand out from all the rest while also drawing the attention of consumers.

Colors Have Meaning

Certain colors produce different feelings for people. This is a big reason why picking the right color holds a huge weight when creating a brand. About 80% of the visual information people receive from a logo has to do with the colors used. Each color triggers a different psychological response that influences the way people perceive the overall logo. In order to get exact response you want from your customers, your brand needs to be using the right colors. Let’s take a look at the color red and the companies that use it. The color red represents passion, strength, and desire. This color also signals an alert. It invokes strong emotions and hunger in people. That’s why we see the color red in so many food companies like McDonald’s, Burger King, and Wendy’s. These three companies contrast the red with shades of yellow that are representative of warmth and friendliness. When these brands use these colors combined they create a brand that is exciting yet approachable which is perfect for drawing in the average consumer. Read more on the effects different colors inhibit in people here.

Brand Colors Match Brand Values

In the decision process for brand colors, the best place to start is by looking at the values of your brand. When the most important values of your brand are established you can easily match those values to the right colors. Produce the values of your brand visually by developing a color scheme that matches. By matching the brand values to the brand colors the overall brand message stays consistent. This consistency makes it easier to ingrain your brand within the minds of your target audience.

A Company That Understands The Importance Of Color

At Brandamos we understand the importance of the perfect color and design for your brand. It’s not a decision to take lightly and it requires a lot of deliberation to portray the exact message you want for your brand. We have worked with many clients to steer them in the right direction for creating the best look for their brand. Take a look at the outcomes for logos and designs we produced for previous clients in our work portfolio. Original Post [post_title] => The Psychology of Color in Branding [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => the-psychology-of-color-in-branding [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-11-01 21:13:42 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-11-01 21:13:42 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=11697 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [6] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 11838 [post_author] => 13 [post_date] => 2017-10-27 02:34:43 [post_date_gmt] => 2017-10-27 02:34:43 [post_content] => Boat enthusiasts rejoice! It’s time for the Fort Lauderdale International Boat Show, also known as FLIBS. Established in 1959 this is the 58th Fort Lauderdale International Boat Show. One of the largest in-water boat shows in the world displaying the most luxurious boats. Fort Lauderdale, known as the “Yachting Capital of the World”, will display yachts, superyachts and much much more. The downtown Fort Lauderdale area will be filled with all kinds of boat and water-based activities for guest to explore throughout the entire Fort Lauderdale International Boat Show.

What Your Fort Lauderdale International Boat Show Ticket Gets You:

Guests receive one full day of boat loving fun with the purchase of one ticket. The boat show is perfect to view from one of the seven locations on the downtown Fort Lauderdale waterways. Over one thousand exhibitors and more than 1,200 boats are on display throughout this event. There are also special events, including seminars and classes, occurring throughout the entire boat show. This show is perfect for the whole family. Attractions include a children’s fishing clinic, educational sea-life touch tanks, boat workshops, live water sports demonstrations, floating cocktail lounges, and much more. A regular day admission costs $29 for adults and $12 for kids ages 6 to 15. Children under the age of 6 are free. Each ticket is valid for one day only. To attend multiple days there needs to be multiple admission tickets purchased. For an extra special experience at the Fort Lauderdale International Boat Show, purchase a ticket for the Windward VIP Club.

Windward VIP Club Experience

When guests purchase the Windward VIP experience they receive a day full of luxury. This experience offers guests a private dining area, a premium open bar, gourmet food, and meet-and-greet opportunities. Each VIP package includes one-day show entry, access to Windward VIP Club, and Ulysse Nardin Captain’s Lounge and the Water Taxi. The Windward club is in the central of all the boat show action, close to the superyachts and luxury auto displays. There are multiple lounge areas with air conditioning and indoor private bathrooms that serve as the perfect place to relax.

Special Events

Fort Lauderdale International Boat Show offers many courses and seminars throughout the entire show for both children and adults. These are not courses or seminars you want to pass up. Some courses cost money but a majority of courses come free. Almost all of these courses are located at the Broward County Convention Center. Click here for the exact time, location, and cost of a course or seminar.
”Take the Helm” courses sponsored by Carefree Boat Club
Learn essential boating skills from experts and licensed captains. Throughout the entirety of the boat show, there are five hands-on boating skills courses offered courtesy of Carefree Boat Club. These courses include basic docking skills, anchoring techniques, open water boat handling, powerboating, advanced docking and precision boat control. Find all Take The Helm courses at the end of Limezone “A6” dock on the south side of Bahia Mar. Space is limited for these courses so it’s wise to book as soon as possible. Book your course now.
The Blue Wild Ocean Adventure Expo
Attendees of the boat show don’t want to miss out on the fun at the Blue Wild Ocean Adventure Expo. At the Broward County Convention Center a wide variety of experts talk about different water sports in the Blue Wild Expo room. Guest also get the chance to meet celebrity speakers Chris Gillette from Gator Boys and Manny Puig from Jackass and Wildboyz. In addition to speakers, Blue Wild has an extensive Marine Art Display room featuring a wide range of artists. All art and photography display a water-theme from underwater photography to whimsical and contemporary wildlife art pieces. Be sure to stop by the Blue Wild Expo in rooms 222-223 at the Broward County Convention Center.
The Annual Kids' Fishing Clinics - Presented by Hook the Future
This special event is all about the kids courtesy of Hook the Future. The clinic is free to all children, ages 5 to 16, who have a ticket to the boat show. Hook the Future presents these clinics as a way to empower children with the skills of fishing. These clinics only take place on Saturday and Sunday at the Broward County Convention Center. Clinics begin at 12 pm and 2 pm on Saturday and at 1 pm and 3 pm on Sunday. This is a great event your children will surely never forget.
IGFA School Of Sportfishing Seminars
The IGFA School of Sportfishing is having multiple seminars every day of the Fort Lauderdale International Boat Show. These seminars include fishing basics, best tips for catching fish, and much more useful information for fishing. All seminars are free of cost. However, space is limited for these seminars, since they're free, making them first come first serve. So, if there’s a particular seminar you’re interested in, it’s recommended for you to arrive at least 15 minutes before the seminar time. Check out the seminar descriptions and schedules for each day here.

Boats to Check Out at the Fort Lauderdale International Boat Show

There are a wide variety of superyachts, yachts, and boats that will be present at this show. To find a specific one you can check the boat directory here. Below are some superyachts, yachts, and boats we think are definitely worth checking out.
Edmiston & Company
The biggest boat at the Fort Lauderdale International Boat Show is provided by Edmiston, a world leader in the superyacht industry. Prepare yourself for the majesticness and magnitude of the Lurssen named “TV”, a superyacht of 257 feet. Under the supervision of Moran Yacht & Ship, “TV” can be seen at Pier 66 E Dock 501-503.
Abeking & Rasmussen
Another boat that’s hard to miss is a superyacht provided by Abeking & Rasmussen, an infamous shipyard in Germany. Abeking produces the highest quality custom made yachts and one of their biggest yachts will be on display at the show. The Abeking superyacht called “Cloudbreak” comes in at 237 feet. To see this superyacht during the show head over to Bahia Mar.
A great place to stop at the Fort Lauderdale International Boat Show is at the Denison Yachting displays. There are over 40 boats that Denison will have on display at the show. The biggest yacht on display by Denison is a Benetti yacht of 203 feet called “Mine Games”. This yacht, in particular, is going to be located at Bahia Mar in the blue zone.
Worth Avenue Yachts
Another major broker in luxury yachts is Worth Avenue Yachts, with a large display of luxury boats at the show. One of their main boats on display is the “Allegria”, a yacht built by Hakvoort and designed by Glade Johnson. Find this boat at Bahia Mar in the blue zone. Click here to take a sneak peek look inside “Allegria” before you see it at the show.
MarineMax connects people with the boat of their dreams. From luxury to practical there is a boat for every lifestyle. There will be many brands of luxury yachts and boats on display by MarineMax at the Fort Lauderdale International Boat Show as can be seen in the video above featuring a Brandamos timelapse. See more of Brandamos timelapse video and photography.
Evolution Tenders
For an interesting view of some of the smallest boats in the show stop by Evolution Tenders. This company produces tenders to accompany the most luxurious yachts in the world. Although tenders are an add-on to yachts, Evolution Tenders has a way to make their tenders stand out. Check out the design of their smallest model the M10 here. For more information on the Fort Lauderdale International Boat Show visit their website: Official Fort Lauderdale International Boat Show Website [post_title] => Your Guide to the Fort Lauderdale International Boat Show 2017 [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => guide-fort-lauderdale-international-boat-show-2017 [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-23 13:56:55 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-23 13:56:55 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=11838 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [7] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 11605 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2017-10-05 14:01:36 [post_date_gmt] => 2017-10-05 14:01:36 [post_content] =>

An Awesome Guide to Facebook Advertising

Social media has quickly become an incredible way to advertise your business, connect with new prospects, and drive leads to your site. Facebook has evolved to become one of the most popular and most affordable advertising options out there. This article covers everything you need to do to get your first Facebook advertising campaign up and running. When you’re just getting started Facebook advertising can seem little complex and overwhelming. However, once you create a few ad campaigns you’ll be amazed at what you can accomplish. Below we cover everything you need to know about setting up your account, choosing the best kind of ad campaign for your needs, using the Facebook Pixel, and getting started with custom audience types.

Why Use Facebook Ads?

Facebook advertising is one of the most effective methods for growing your business, increasing your online audience, and generating a steady stream of leads, or sales for your business. With over 1 billion monthly active users the chances are high that your ideal audience is using the platform on a daily basis. Plus, the targeting options for Facebook are quite advanced. You can easily target by things like age, gender, demographics, interests, and much more. We’ll get into more advanced targeting options below. Facebook advertising campaigns are also very easy to track, can quickly provide you with relevant traffic, and offer you detailed options for controlling your overall budget and cost-per-click. However, your ad campaigns do need to be managed correctly. If your ad campaign is managed the wrong way you can end up spending much more than you intended. The targeting options are also better suited for the B2C market, businesses operating in the B2B market would be better served with a different advertising platform.

Getting Started

If you haven’t done any Facebook advertising before, then you’ll need to create an account. First, navigate to the Facebook Ads Manager. This will take you to the ad dashboard. It’s important to get comfortable within your Facebook advertising dashboard, as this is where you’ll be spending a lot of time. From your dashboard you’ll be able to create ads, look at the stats of your last 7 days, filter out ads, view all of your past and current campaigns, monitor your spending, and more.

Facebook Ad Breakdown

Facebook ads offer you an incredibly versatile ad selection. Currently, there are 11 different ad variations that you can choose from to meet your advertising needs. We break them down below: 1. Boosting Your Posts If you currently have a Facebook page you’ll be able to boost your posts to improve your engagement levels, likes, comments, shares and more. To boost your post just select your Facebook page, select the post you’d like to boost, and name your campaign. Then, you’ll set the budget and schedule, preview your ad and you’re all set! 2. Sending Traffic to Your Site If you’re looking to improve website traffic, then this is a great ad option for you. Create a new ad and select the ‘Traffic’ option. After you name your campaign you’ll visit a screen that lets you customize where you’d like to send traffic to (a website, app, or to messenger), select your audience, set your budget and ad placements, and finally start customizing your ad. You’ll also have the ability to choose from images, carousel images, and video. Plus, you’ll be able to change your description, headline, and CTA. 3. Improving Your Conversions In order to use this option you’ll want to make sure the Facebook Pixel is installed and active. Just select the ‘Conversions’ option, name your campaign, enter the URL of your page, and choose the right conversion Pixel. You’ll have similar ad customization options as the option above. 4. Promoting Your Page Promoting your page is a good idea if you’re looking to improve overall awareness and improve the total number of likes to your page. This process is quite simple as well, just select the ‘Reach’ option, name your campaign, select your audience and budget, then you’ll start creating the ad. You’ll be able to optimize your image, text, clickable elements, and more. You can even create different versions of the same ad and rotate the ad to see which performs the best. You can also customize the location where your visitors end up after clicking through, for example your timeline, your videos, photos, and more. 5. Increase App Installs If you have an app, then you’re probably looking for ways to improve its reach. If this sounds like you, then you’ll want to use the ‘App installs’ option. For this you’ll want to choose your app from the iOS or Google Play store, and give your campaign a name. You’ll have the similar customization options as above, but there are a few crucial differences: 6. Increase Engagement With this ad you’ll be trying to improve engagement within a post or page. This includes things like more comments, likes, shares, event likes, and even people claiming offers. To use this option select ‘Engagement’, name your campaign, and specify if you want to improve post engagement, page likes, or responses to events. The option you choose will determine the customization options you’re given. But, overall the setup is very similar to any of the ads types highlighted above. 7. Reach Local Buyers If you’re a local business, then you’ll want to advertise to people based in your local area. Just select the ‘Store visits’ option, name your campaign, select your Facebook page, define your audience and budgets, and start building your ad. In order to target local buyers you’ll be given a map where you’ll select your local area and choose anywhere from a 1 to 50 mile radius. You’ll have different action options based upon what you want your audience to do. For instance, you can have them like your page, call your business, send you a Facebook message, learn about your business, and more. 8. Improve Messenger Messages Messenger messages can be a great way to interact with your potential customers and even drive sales. It can even be used to offer support for your business. To use this ad select the ‘Messages’ option, name your campaign, define your audience and budgets, and start customizing your ad. 9. Collect Leads For Your Business If you’re looking for new customers, then this is a great ad choice for you. You’ll be selecting the ‘Lead generation’ option, naming your campaign, selecting your Facebook page, defining your audience and budget, placements, and finally creating your ad. The ad creative is similar, but on the lead form you’ll be choosing different buttons like, Download, Learn More, Get a Quote, Subscribe, Sign Up, and more. Next, you’ll be creating a lead form that will collect the user data. There are over 15 different lead data options you can include. Finally, you can also include Context Cards. These give your visitors more information about your offer before they decide to take action. 10. Push Product Sales If you run an eCommerce store, then this type of ad will be useful. Just select the ‘Product catalog sales’ option. You’ll be able to automatically show products that you’ve uploaded to your product catalog to your targeted audience. So, make sure you’ve created a product catalog before you start creating this ad type. You’ll go through the similar process as above of naming your campaign, defining your audience and budget, placements, specifying what products you want to promote, and creating your ads. 11. Get Video Views Video is huge on Facebook right now. To showcase current reviews select the ‘Video views’ option, name your campaign, set your audience and budget, and start customizing your ad. Next, you’ll upload your video, or a series of images that will autoplay as a video. You’ll be able to edit the appearance of the video and add buttons to your ad. Typically, video ads are used to encourage likes, but you can customize the button text if you’d like. 12. Improve Overall Brand Awareness Sometimes you want to expose your business to a wider audience. This is one of the least goal oriented campaign objectives, but can still be useful to some business owners. To use this option select the ‘Brand awareness option’, name your campaign, set your audience, budget, and ad placements, then start building your ad.

Setting Up Your Facebook Ad Campaign

Now that you have an understanding of the types of ads you can create and the benefits you can see for your business it’s time to start creating your very first Facebook ad. The process below will walk you through the ins and outs of getting your ad setup. 1. Set Your Campaign Objective The three main methods you’ll have of setting up your ad are the Boost posts, create ads with the Ad Editor, or use the Power Editor tool. The Power Editor tool can get quite complex, so the easiest options for beginners are probably the first two. But, for the sake of keeping things simple we’re going to focus on using the Ad Editor to create your ad. First, you’ll want to navigate to your Facebook Ads Manager. Then, click on green “Create Ad” button in the top right corner, or the “Create Ad” button in the center of your dashboard. This will bring up a series of marketing objectives (profiled above) which will determine the course of your ad creation. For this example we’re going to select the ‘Traffic’ option. Then, name your campaign, and click on the blue button that says “Set Up Ad Account”. 2. Select Your Targeted Audience With your ad type chosen it’s time to choose who we’re going to be targeting with our ads and how much we want to spend. For the destination we’re going to select a website, but you have the ability to send traffic to an app, or your messenger as well. When defining your audience you can use the options below like location, age, gender, demographics, and connections. Or, you can create an in-depth custom audience to use. We offer an entire section below on creating custom audience types. For this tutorial we’re just going to make a few simple audience adjustments. Once you’re happy with your audience selection click on ‘Save this Audience’. 3. Set Your Budget and Ad Schedule Now, we’re going to set how much we’d like to spend on our ads. You can select either a daily or lifetime budget, along with the dates you’d like your ad to run. Then, click on ‘Continue’ and we’ll start designing our ads. 4. Design Your Ads For designing your ad you’ll either create an ad from scratch, or use a post that you’ve already published on your Facebook page. You can also choose whether you want to use a single image or video, or an image carousel that rotates up to 5 different images. Using just a single image is probably the easiest paths for beginners. You can also upload up to 6 different images, which will cycle through so you can see which image performs the best. Now, it’s time to add your text, headline, and your CTA button. You can also choose where you want your ads to show up, including Facebook, Facebook mobile, and Instagram. Once you’ve entered your text you can preview your ad to make sure it’s exactly how you’d like it. You can also use the ad mockup tool from Ad Parlor, which makes it really easy to preview your ads. It's pretty bad ass! [caption id="attachment_11640" align="aligncenter" width="725"] Image via Ad Parlor[/caption]   With your ad creative finished you can select the exact places you want your ads to appear. You can choose between the Mobile News Feed, Instagram, Audience Network, and Desktop Right Column. Then, click on ‘Confirm’. Congratulations, your Facebook advertising campaign is now live.

What is the Facebook Pixel?

The Facebook Pixel is a little piece of code you add to your website that will help you do things like, track your conversions, better optimize your ads, and remarketing to people who have already interacted with you in some form.

Facebook Pixel Benefits

The Facebook Pixel is a relatively new development. The goal of the pixel is to help you run more effective advertising campaigns and refine your existing advertising efforts. Below we look at the main features using the Pixel will provide you with. 1. The Ability to Track Conversions The more information you’re able to gather about your audience the more effective ad campaigns you’ll be able to run. With conversion tracking you’ll be able to gather data about how people actually engage and interact with your website once they’ve viewed your ad. This will help you gather crucial optimization data. Plus, you’ll be able to track people across different devices as well. So, if they view your ad on a mobile device, but they use their desktop browser to make a purchase, you’ll be able to create more effective ads in the future. 2. Run More Effective Ads To get a better ROI from your Facebook ads you’ll need to improve the quality of your ads and the audience targeting. With the data, the Pixel gives, you’ll be able to do just that. With the Pixel, you’ll be able to track which ads are the most effective. Plus, you’ll be able to see how different ads cause visitors to take different actions. 3. Create Lookalike Audiences If you already have your core audience defined, then you’ll be able to build lookalike audiences that share similar characteristics with that existing audience. This will allow you to expand your existing customer base, while still ensuring they’re similar to your existing customers. 4. Use Ad Retargeting Ad retargeting is the process of marketing to people who have already engaged with your website in some form. These people already know about you, so you’ll have to market to them in a different fashion. The Pixel has a variety of different events that specify different user actions you can track and optimize your ads for.

How to Use the Facebook Pixel

With the Pixel, you’ll rely on two different kinds of events to track and optimize around. The first is called standard events, and the second is called custom conversions. Standard Events Pixel is automatically equipped with a few different standard events you can track. The standard events are as follows: Standard events can also be customized by adding parameters to standard events that define them further and help to specify conversion actions. Custom Conversions If you’re looking for more information, beyond what the standard Pixel events can give you, then you’ll want to create custom conversions as well. Custom conversions will help you get more granular with your tracking data. For example, instead of tracking purchases across your entire store you can specify tracking for a single product category. In order to track custom conversions, you’ll need to first create a custom conversion, this will give Facebook more information about the event you’d like to track. To do this navigate back to your Facebook Ads Dashboard, then navigate to Custom Conversions, then click on Create Custom Conversion. Here you’ll enter all the details about the conversion event you’d like to track.

Adding the Pixel to Your Site

Now that you have an idea of how using the Facebook Pixel can help optimize your existing ad campaigns, it’s time to get it up and running on your site. 1. Create Your Pixel Navigate to your Facebook Ads Manager Dashboard, here you’ll find a ‘Pixels’ option. Or, you can click this link. On this page click on the button that says ‘Set Up Pixel’. Then you’ll have to name your Pixel and accept the terms and conditions. 2. Add the Code to Your Website On the following page, you’ll be able to copy and paste the code, or use an integration to get the Pixel active on your site. Copying and pasting the code into your site is probably the easiest option. To copy and paste the code all you’ll have to do is copy the code and paste it into theportion of your site, before the closingtag. The code that you copy will be based upon the specifics of what you’re tracking. For instance, if you’re tracking a custom event, then you’ll have a different tracking code than the standard code. 3. Confirm the Pixel Before you start using this data in your advertising campaigns you’ll want to confirm that it’s actually working. The easiest way to do this is to install the Google Chrome extension called Facebook Pixel Helper. Once the extension is installed visit the page on your site where you’ve installed the pixel. If you’ve installed the Pixel correctly, then you’ll notice that the </> part of the code turns blue. If it isn’t working properly, then you’ll receive instructions as to how you can fix the Pixel. In this case, the Pixel hasn’t been installed yet, so this is what we see.

Facebook Audience Breakdown

Facebook Audiences are one of the most important and useful aspects of Facebook’s advertising platform. Besides your actual ad copy, the audience you end up marketing towards will make or break the success of your advertising campaigns. To get started choosing your audience just open up your Ad Manager and navigate to the ‘Audience’ section. If you haven’t created a custom audience before then you’ll need to click on the ‘Audiences’ button. This will bring up a pop-up that will allow you to choose a few different audience types, shown in the image below.

Types of Custom Audiences Available

There are tons of different custom audiences for you to choose from. Facebook is constantly increasing the audience types you can choose from on a regular basis. Some of the most popular audience types are highlighted below. Standard Custom Audience The standard custom audience option uses an existing list of emails, phone number, or Facebook user IDs that you’ve already collected. Note that this contact information needs to be given to you by the user via an optin or another format. You can’t just scrape this data from Facebook and begin advertising to that scraped group of users. When you upload this list Facebook will then match this list to their existing database of users. Typically, they’ll be able to match around 70% of the contacts on your list. To create a standard custom audience follow the steps below. Creating a Standard Custom Audience To create this kind of audience select the ‘Customer File’ option. This will allow you to upload your existing contact list. You’ll have two options to accomplish this. 1. Manually Upload Your List Most likely, you’ll need to export your existing list of contacts. To do this you can open your existing email CRM and export the data in CSV or Excel format. Make sure that you only choose one data type as well. For example, you can’t create a mix of phone numbers and email addresses, it either needs to be entirely email addresses or entirely phone numbers. 2. Sync With Your Existing Email CRM Facebook offers a tool called the Custom Audience Sync Tool. With this, you’ll be syncing your data between your email CRM and the Facebook ads platform. That way whenever leads join your email list they’ll automatically be added to the custom audience you’ve created. App Activity Audience App Activity Audiences are geared towards individuals or companies who are looking for more downloads, sign-ups, or app customers. This style of custom audience is one of the most popular forms of custom audiences. You’ll be able to create audiences based upon the actions that people take when they’re using your app. For example, someone who hasn’t opened the app in the past week, or someone who’s left your app sitting in their cart without buying it. Currently, there are over 14 different actions you can target. Creating an App Activity Audience To setup this custom audience click on the ‘App activity’ option and select your desired targeting options. You’ll be able to designate ads based upon if certain actions are either taken or not taken. Some of the most popular options include: Lookalike Audience Once you already have a defined audience you can use lookalike audiences to expand your market reach even further. Lookalike audiences are only useful once you’ve established some sort of user or customer base. Basically, Facebook will create an even broader market that shares similar characteristics or patterns with your existing audience. For example, you can target based upon interests, users, age, gender, and a lot more. Creating a Lookalike Audience Lookalike audiences are incredibly useful in that they allow you to reach users who don’t know you exist yet but are quite likely to actually become your customers. To create a lookalike audience click on the (find where this is). Here you’ll be able to specify what you want your lookalike audience to base off of. Some common options include: Website Traffic Audience Website Traffic Audiences are similar to the standard custom audiences, however, instead of using email addresses or phone numbers to build your list you’ll be relying on website data that’s been collected via the Facebook Pixel. This is a great option if you don’t currently have any existing data to import. Creating a Website Traffic Audience To create a Website Traffic Audience you’ll need to install the Pixel on your site. If you don’t have the Pixel currently installed you can visit the previous section which will guide you through setting up and installing the Pixel on your site. Engagement Audience If you have an existing Facebook page, then you’ll be able to target people who have already engaged with you across Facebook. This option works for users who have engaged via both your Facebook page and your Facebook ads. You have the option to engage with users who have interacted with you over the past year. However, the more recently they’ve been exposed to you the more effective your ads will be. Creating an Engagement Audience There are currently 4 different types of engagement audiences you can choose from: 1. Video This engagement audience will let you create a custom audience of people who’ve either viewed your entire video ad, or even just a portion of your video. 2. Lead Ad Lead ad engagement audiences will allow you to target people who might have opened one of your lead ads, but for some reason didn’t convert. You’ll be able to target them with another lead ad, or another form of ad. 3. Canvas Sometimes you might be getting a lot of impressions, but still aren’t getting the kind of sign-ups you’ve hoped for. If that’s the case, then you can re-target people who’ve viewed, or even clicked, on canvas ads in the past but didn’t convert. 4. Page If you’ve been getting a solid amount of Facebook Page likes, but aren’t seeing a ton of engagement or sign-ups, then you can actually re-target those same people. 5. Instagram Business If you have an Instagram business profile, then you’ll be able to create ads for people who have interacted with your Instagram business page. 6. Event If you’ve created Facebook events in the past, then you can re-engage these people with targeted Facebook ads. With the page options you’ll be able to create a custom audience based upon the following: Household Audience One of the newest developments for Facebook Custom Audiences is the Household audience option. This will allow you to target ads to an entire household, or towards the person in the household who makes the purchasing decisions. For example, if you currently run an eCommerce shop that sells children’s toys it would be much more valuable to target parents, rather than the children themselves. To learn more about marketing to a Household Audience, take a look at this recent article from Facebook.

How to Target Ads to a Custom Audience

The above information might seem like a lot, but once you’ve created a custom audience, targeting to that audience is relatively simple. Simply navigate to your Facebook Ads Manager or the Power Editor, and scroll down to the ‘Audience’ section. Then you can either select a custom audience you’ve created, or create one right from the editor. You can even select more than one custom audience at a time. You’ll also notice an audience breakdown on the right that’ll give you some basic details about the custom audience you’ve selected.

In Closing

Facebook’s advertising platform is one of the best out there. We hope the tutorial above has been helpful in getting your first Facebook ad campaign up and running, while educating you on the ins and outs of the platform. This platform continues to evolve and offer improved solutions for business and advertisers looking to expand their business, or remarket to past customers.

HOLY SH*T! You made it to the end.

Any questions related to getting your first Facebook ad campaign up and running? Ask away in the comments below. Need help scaling existing campaigns? Let's talk! [post_title] => The Bad Ass Guide to Facebook Advertising [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => bad-ass-guide-facebook-advertising [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-10-05 15:03:32 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-10-05 15:03:32 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=11605 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [8] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 11396 [post_author] => 13 [post_date] => 2017-10-05 00:02:22 [post_date_gmt] => 2017-10-05 00:02:22 [post_content] =>

The Growth of Instagram

Instagram continues to grow at a rapid pace, adding 100 million new active users in a month. Since it was last reported, Instagram monthly users have grown from 700 million to 800 million. The company continued to report that 500 million users use Instagram on a daily basis. So, with 800 million monthly users and 500 daily users, it is necessary for a business to be active on Instagram or risk missing out on a huge audience base.

The Engagement of Instagram

There are many businesses that struggle to keep up with multiple social media accounts. Usually, if a business sticks to being active on at least two platforms they are successful in reaching the right audience. Instagram definitely needs to be one of the platforms a business is active on mainly due to the potential for engagement with customers. Top brands on Instagram see an engagement rate of 4.21% per follower. Which means on Instagram brands see 58 times more engagement per follower than on Facebook and 120 times more engagement per follower on Twitter. Instagram provides the perfect platform for a brand to interact with their audience base.

The Audience of Instagram

When a person is looking for more information on a business, the first place they check is a brand’s social media. Almost 50% of brands already use Instagram and 80% of Instagram users follow one or more brands on the platform. Instagram is the ideal platform to interact and create a relationship with the customers of your business. It also gives a lot of legroom for a business to be creative with photos, videos, albums mixed with the two, and Instagram Stories. This platform makes it easy to interact with customers through likes, comments, and direct messaging. So, why isn’t your business on Instagram already? This infographic has lots of information and tips that will make a business’s Instagram strategy a success. At Brandamos we have aided many brands with their Instagram strategy. Read about our social media services here. Original post of the infographic at Citipostmail [post_title] => How to Use Instagram for Business [An Infographic] [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => how-to-use-instagram-for-business-infographic [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-11-01 21:20:10 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-11-01 21:20:10 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=11396 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [9] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 11217 [post_author] => 13 [post_date] => 2017-09-22 15:25:50 [post_date_gmt] => 2017-09-22 15:25:50 [post_content] => Videos are the most widely shared content on Facebook right now. As time goes by videos continue to be the dominant piece of content on everyone’s Facebook feeds. Since videos dominate the feed, your company needs to be able to stand out from everyone else. It’s a good idea to know what works and what doesn’t with videos. We have used the data collected by Buzzsumo to demonstrate the best ways for your Facebook videos to be successful.

Most Engaging Facebook Video Topics

According to the Buzzsumo chart below the most engaging topic for videos was food. Videos of fashion, beauty, and animals come in second with only half the interactions of food videos. Some of the pages with the most engaging content are Buzzfeed’s Tasty and Delish. Both of these pages specialize in different kinds of food recipes and earn an average of a few million views on a majority of their videos. Recipes, How-To, and DIY videos always have high engagement due to the fact that they provide informative and short videos. This is easy to see by looking at the DIY page Blossom that caters to quick DIY hacks and receives an average of a few million views on each video. It’s clear people prefer videos about food, fashion, and DIY projects instead of real estate and finances.

Ideal Length of Time for Facebook Videos

Another chart created by Buzzsumo collected data on millions of Facebook videos to find the ideal length of time for videos. As the chart shows below, shorter videos receive more interactions on average. The ideal length of time for videos is 60 to 90 seconds long. After 90 seconds of video, interaction clearly starts to decrease as time goes by. However, by around 6 minutes engagement seems to remain constant with not much change for longer lengths of time. It should be noted that while shorter videos seem to receive more interaction the videos between 0 to 30 seconds of length receive the least amount of engagement overall.

Ideal Length of Time for Facebook Live Videos

Facebook Live videos are a huge part of Facebook and get priority over other videos on the news feed. In April, Fidji Simo, head of video for Facebook, announced in a public post that one in five videos shared are live streams and the daily watch time quadrupled in a year. In contrast to regular Facebook videos, the interaction for live videos increases the longer the video lasts. This increase occurs until about the 15 to 16-minute point where interactions stabilize. Furthermore, the top performing Facebook live videos were 20 minutes long on average. So, when doing a Facebook live video for your company the longer the better.

Average Interactions for Facebook Videos (Live & Non-Live)

Interactions and engagement for live versus non-live videos are quite similar overall. Facebook videos receive an average of 928 interactions whereas Facebook live videos receive an average of 1043 interactions. Facebook live videos interactions from people are mainly comments. Comments make up a quarter of the overall interactions. Facebook live videos see more comment interactions because a lot of live videos are Q & A and people comment their questions.

Most Common Reactions to Facebook Videos

Ever since Facebook introduced new reactions, people have been doing much more than just liking a video. So, Buzzsumo compiled data of reactions from millions of videos and found that the ‘haha’’ reaction was used most. The ‘love’ reaction came in with the second most interactions. This shows that a majority of people tend to react positively to Facebook videos.

Most Common Reactions to Facebook Live Videos

Now for Facebook live videos, the ‘love’ reaction dominated whereas the ‘haha’ reaction was one of the lesser used reaction types. Overall, the average amount of reactions for live videos was almost half as much as regular videos. This is mainly due to the fact that people commented more on live videos instead of reacting to them.

Ideal Amount of Text for Facebook Video Captions

The team at Buzzsumo continued their data collection by finding the ideal amount of text for a Facebook video. After analyzing the top 10,000 engaging Facebook videos between June 2016 and June 2017 they found that videos with shorter amounts of text were more successful. Additionally, the analysis found that the average about of characters were 84 for Facebook video captions. When videos come up on someone’s facebook feed they want don’t want a paragraph a text but a tiny blurb about the video. The text of a Facebook video should not take away from the video itself.

Formula for an Engaging Facebook Video

At a time when videos are prominent on all social media, not just Facebook, you want a company that knows engaging content. Here at Brandamos, we have produced many successful videos for social media. Check out our work and video production services here. Do some of your own Facebook analysis with Buzzsumo’s Facebook Analyzer. Original Post on Buzzsumo [post_title] => Best Tips for Engaging Facebook Videos From Analyzing 100 Million Videos [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => best-tips-engaging-facebook-videos-analyzing-100-million-videos [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-11-26 14:37:08 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-11-26 14:37:08 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=11217 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [10] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 7933 [post_author] => 13 [post_date] => 2017-08-21 15:21:50 [post_date_gmt] => 2017-08-21 15:21:50 [post_content] =>

Finding the Perfect Name

One of the first steps in creating or revamping a business is coming up with a name. The business name seems like the easiest step in starting a business. However, it requires a lot of thinking power to find the right one. The name can’t be too long, too confusing to say, or too similar to another business's name (you don’t want to drive traffic to another business). You also want the name of your business to be easy to pronounce and easy to remember. There are a lot of factors that go into finding the perfect name for your business.

Check the Domain

You may have found the perfect name for your business but almost all domains and social media are taken. The solution would be to create a variation of your business name or offer to pay for the domain or social media handle that is already taken. Sometimes, it becomes more cost effective to change the name. When you're in the process of naming your business, it’s a good idea to check this website, namechk, to see whether or not it’s already taken.

Brandamos Branding

At Brandamos we’ve been involved in the branding process for multiple companies. This includes the entire ‘look’ of the company, their logo, and even their company name. See the branding we’ve done for various companies hereWe will help you find the perfect name for your business. Just give us a call or email. Thanks to the business backer for this helpful infographic that covers the many dos and don’ts of naming your business.
Courtesy of: The Business Backer
[post_title] => Naming Your Business: The Do's and Don'ts [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => naming-your-business [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-09-28 04:27:44 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-09-28 04:27:44 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=7933 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [11] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 7284 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2017-04-18 18:32:33 [post_date_gmt] => 2017-04-18 18:32:33 [post_content] =>

What is Google Position "0" a.k.a Featured Snippets

Google launched Featured Snippets just over two years ago, however, a lot of website owners still don’t know what they are. Or, even better, how to optimize for them. We all know that having the first spot in Google’s search results is valuable real estate. But...what about spot #0? Today we’re seeing more of these Featured Snippets than ever before. Still, it can be difficult to know how to actually rank for this valuable spot. Below we hope you’ll learn everything you need to know about Google’s Featured Snippets, plus how you can increase your chances of being selected for this very valuable spot.

What Are Featured Snippets?

Featured Snippets are relatively uncharted territory by Google. Still, they seek to address an age old problem of the search engines. Most search engines started a human created directories, but when this became too much to handle they turned to algorithms to handle their dirty work. However, this has led to things like people trying to game the search engine algorithms for their own gain and opened up the whole world of black hat SEO. In all, the goal of Google is to provide searchers with the most relevant and helpful search results possible. So, we’ve started to notice a trend towards adding a human touch back into the search results. This started with the introduction of the Knowledge Graph. This nice little touch would pull data from directories like Wikidata. These “cards” were factual, mostly pure information based queries, and answered very straightforward questions. They look something like this: The Featured Snippet is the evolution of this and it’s much more complex than just choosing the first search result and scraping their first paragraph of text. Instead of choosing the highest ranking piece of content they’re looking for the most relevant and helpful answer. Most Featured Snippets are focused on answering questions, however you’ll see them scattered across some general keywords as well. There are a ton of factors involved in this, most of which aren’t entirely certain. But, we hope by the end of this you’ll be better equipped to increase the odds your post will be chosen.

Featured Snippet Types

There are currently six main types of Featured Snippets. Although Google does change the content into the desired format within the Featured Snippet box, you’ll do yourself a favor by pre-optimizing the content. When you’re structuring your own content you’ll want to keep the above formats in mind and choose the best format that accurately answers the question you’re optimizing for.

Why Featured Snippets Matter

It seems that Google’s consistently rolling out new algorithm updates or changes to what websites can and can’t do to rank. With all of the noise it can be difficult to determine what is and isn’t working, and what’s actually going to have a positive impact on your own business. So, you’re probably wondering: are Featured Snippets actually important? Or, are they just another passing fad? Here’s a few reasons you might start to believe and value the importance of Featured Snippets.

1. They Get Search Engine Spot #0

Look at the top search result for the term “how to make pancakes”. Featured Snippets come before the rest of the organic search results. Usually, nothing beats #1, but in this case, #0 is the more valuable spot to have. Plus, you’ll notice that the first spot is pushed down even further. Especially for searches that have the ‘People also ask’ box. The featured snippet box will also give you multiple search listings on the same page. If you already occupy the first result and the featured snippet box, then you’re getting two listing results on the same page. However, the listing that’s ranked number one doesn’t always get the featured snippet result, which we’ll get into more below.

2. Their Prevalence is Only Growing

Featured Snippets are growing and don’t show any signs of slowing down. A recent analysis by Moz found that Featured Snippets were present on about 2% of keywords from their 10,000 keyword set. By the middle of July this expanded to 11%. We think that the test phase of Featured Snippets is over and we can expect them to blanket more and more of the search results. Of course, having Featured Snippets show up for every search result won’t happen overnight, but it would be a smart idea to begin optimizing your content to grab the snippet when they begin introducing it for your chosen keyword.

3. Their Click Through Rate Is Surprisingly High

Initial speculation of Featured Snippets was that click throughs to the highlighted site would suffer. However, most existing evidence points to the fact the Featured Snippets can actually boost your CTR in most cases. Although most of the current evidence is anecdotal there’s reason to believe that Featured Snippets have a higher click-through rate. Back in February 2016 HubSpot conducted a study which found that ranking for a high-volume keyword at position 0 produced a CTR boost of 114%.

How to Optimize for Featured Snippet Placement

Getting Featured Snippet placement takes a lot more than just ranking in the first position in Google. Although ranking number one doesn’t hurt your chances there are still other factors at play. According to this white paper from Get Stat websites in the number one position only accounted for 1/3 of the Featured Snippets. The bulk of the remaining snippets were populated by sites in the #2 through #5 spots. So, once you’re in the top rankings there are more important factors that will push your site into the Featured Snippet box. You’ll notice that Featured Snippets most commonly appear for question-based search queries. Currently, you’ll notice that they do pop up for other search results, but question-based queries are still the most most common. Below you’ll learn a few methods for better optimizing your existing content to appear in the Featured Snippet.

1. Answer the Question Explicitly

Make answering the question the focal point of your post. Although the algorithm for pulling the snippet text is still undefined, or not entirely understood, it’s a good idea to place the answer to your question as early on in the post as possible. One good way to optimize for this is to provide short answers to the questions and concerns your post targets early on in the content, even as far as putting it right after the header that contains the question/keyword you’re optimizing for. Make sure you provide a short and clear response that will be easy for the search engines to extract. You’re welcome to expand on that answer later, but it’s a good practice to provide something easy to digest up front. Another good way to increase the chances of Featured Snippet selection is to do your best to align your answer with the actual searchers “intent”. If you’re unsure, or the question has multiple right answers, then provide all of them in a clear and concise format. This is also incredibly beneficial to your readers, as they’ll be able to see what the post is about before they decide to read further.

Featured Snippet Optimization Tips:

2. Choose the Right Format

According to an analysis done by SEMRush the portion of snippable content you’d like to have as the Featured Snippet should fall between 40 and 50 words. However, beyond length you’ll also want to pay attention to the format of your content. In some instances, Google will re-format your content inside the Featured Snippet box. But, generally you’ll have a better chance at being “picked” if your content is already in the right kind of format. When you’re trying to choose the right format, come at the problem from the eyes of Google. What they’re trying to do is provide searches with the most helpful and relevant answer to their question. So, if the focus of your post is more tutorial focused, then include a simple step-by-step breakdown. If it’s more data-based, then include a simple chart. And on and on, depending upon the focus of your content.

3. Improve Engagement Metrics

Your post’s engagement metrics play a big factor in if your site will be chosen for the Featured Snippet, or not. You can do things like improving the time spent on site, reducing your bounce rate, and improving your CTR. If all of these factors are strong this signals to Google that your piece of content is very high-quality and incredibly valuable for readers. And since Google is looking to provide the best content to their readers, then your site is going to get the top pick. If your site is ranking, but not picking up the Featured Snippet, then focus on improving these quality indicating metrics.

4. Ranking Higher Does Help

Even though engagement metrics are very important for featured snippet placement your overall rankings still do help. However, backlinks matter much less when you’re already on page one. A good strategy would be to focus on SEO until your site is on the first page, then spend more time maximizing your piece of content to improve your overall engagement metrics. If you’re ranking on the first page and aren’t sure why a site is highlighted in the Featured Snippet over you, then analyze their site. Do they do a better job of answering the question? Do they format their post differently? See if you can decipher what they’re doing that you’re not.

How to Rank for More Featured Snippets

You can focus on optimizing your existing content to increase the odds of it being chosen for a Featured Snippet. But, it’s also a good idea to expand your reach too, by anticipating other questions your audience might have. Below we show you how to find even more question-related queries to rank for, and why you should include them in older, or newer posts you create.

1. Target Longer Questions

Considering creating content that addresses complex questions. Think of these questions as being similar to long-tail keywords. Easier to rank for, more targeted, and less competition. For instance, let’s take a question like, ‘how do I rank my website in Google?’. We could answer this in a simple sentence or two, but it wouldn’t be that valuable to anyone. It might provide a taste of what’s to come in the featured snippet box, but the searcher would be included to dig deeper and actually read your post. Make sure you don’t target questions that can be totally answered in a single sentence. This will only make clicking through to your site unnecessary, as the searcher can find whatever information they’re looking for without visiting your site. As you do your keyword research see if you come across any question-related keywords that you can provide an in-depth answer too.

2. Look for Related Search Queries

Are you looking for even more questions/keywords you can target for the Featured Snippets box? Don’t just stop at your initial keyword research. The options below will help you come up with even more targeted queries you can fit into existing posts, or use it as the topic of a new blog post.
  1. Drop-Down Box

    Let Google help you out. Whenever you’re typing a keyword into Google you’ve no doubt noticed the drop down box that includes long-tail related keywords. All of these keywords are searches that Google thinks is related to your current search term. You can either include these related keywords within the content of your existing post, or use them to write something entirely unique.
  2. Related Searches at the Bottom of the Results

    At the bottom of the search results you’ll see a list of keywords that are related to the present inquiry. These related keywords are useful in that they can help you see the scope of the original keyword. In the example above, the related searches show us that people are also asking “…” and “….” about the same topic. By including answers or mentions to these as well we can help to show Google that our piece of content is incredibly relevant and useful.
  3. People Also Ask Box

    This box doesn’t appear for every single search term. It seems to be a newer feature that they’re testing out. But, if this box does appear in the search results for your intended search term, then you can bet it’s important. This is effectively Google telling you to pay attention. These are the questions that people want answers to when they’re searching for your chosen keyword. All of these related search queries above will help to better frame your content as the right answer to all these questions. We all know that Google is consistently heading towards relevancy and searcher intent, so it’s a good idea to align your content in this direction as well.

Featured Snippet Optimization Overview

We know this post covered a lot and you might be a little overwhelmed with actually optimizing your site for Featured Snippets. Let the list below help you make a few simple optimization tweaks to increases your chances. Optimizing your content for Featured Snippet placement might seem like a lot of additional work. However, the increased traffic and top search engine placement you’ll receive will be well-worth the effort. Plus, even the simple act of optimizing your content for Featured Snippets you’ll be improving things like the readability of your content and engagement metrics. Both of these will help to improve the overall quality of your site. So, even if you fail to get placement you’re giving your readers a much better experience all around. Now over to you. Do you have any key Featured Snippet optimization tips you’d like to share? [post_title] => Google Ranking Zero - What is it & How to do it [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => google-ranking-zero [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-11-26 14:46:31 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-11-26 14:46:31 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=7284 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [12] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 7201 [post_author] => 13 [post_date] => 2017-03-07 17:02:51 [post_date_gmt] => 2017-03-07 17:02:51 [post_content] =>

Multiple Photos and Videos in One Post

Instagram recently released a new feature that allows users to choose up to 10 videos or photos for one post. Users have the ability to edit each photo or video and rearrange them as they please before posting. While the caption and location tag apply to the entire post, individual profiles can be tagged in each photo or video. As more and more users get this feature they will start to see posts with a little album icon in the top right corner, indicating a post with multiple photos and videos users can swipe through.

Creative Ways to Use the Album Feature for Brands

This new album feature revitalizes Instagram for users and brands alike. All users have the ability to post multiple forms of content in any way they please. This carousel-styled feature allows brands more freedom to produce innovative content for their audience. Below are a handful of ways brands can utilize this new album feature to stand out from the competition.  
      1. Side-by-Side Process
        One great way to use the carousel feature of Instagram albums is by showing a step-by-step process of what your brand is doing. Food and beverage brands would benefit the most from utilizing this type of process. It allows users to get a full grasp of recipes for meals and cocktails. While the caption has the full recipe, there can be multiple photos and videos showing each step of the process. A great example of this process is shown in the Instagram post by Buzzfeed Tasty below. They use multiple videos to show users how to make a bacon avocado brussels sprout salad with lemon vinaigrette.

        A post shared by Tasty (@buzzfeedtasty) on

      2. Show Off Multiple Products
        The new album feature is a great way for brands to show off multiple products all in one post. Highlighting a particular collection of a brand is best done with the Instagram album feature so audiences aren’t flooded with multiple posts of new products. While this tactic may seem to have less creative freedom, that is entirely untrue. Brands can add all kinds of flair to product photos to make them stand out in Instagram feeds. A great example of making products stand out is this post we created for our client CK Mondavi, check out the post below.
      3. Panoramic Photo
        Gone are the limitations of a single photo post. Panoramic photos, not fitting the square format of Instagram, were forced to be at least three separate posts. But now, thanks to the new Instagram album feature, panoramic photos can fit into one post. This is a great creative tool for brands to utilize by having users swipe to reveal more of their product. The more interactive a post of a brand is, the more memorable it will be to the audience. The Carnival Cruise Line highlights its Caribbean destination cruise with a panoramic post of its Carnival Breeze docked at one of its beautiful island stops.
      4. A Day in the Life
        Showing behind-the-scenes of a brand can be quite captivating to an audience. Brands with celebrity clientele or big productions are especially interesting. A big production day or celebrity guest is extremely hard to fit into one picture so many times brands would post multiple pictures of the day. However, now audiences can live a day in the life of a brand all in one post. No longer do brands have to pick and choose over the best representation of the day. As users swipe through the multiple photos and videos, the behind-the-scenes day will come to life right before their eyes. The Marvel Instagram is a prime example of this tactic as their one post encompasses the highlights of their celebrity guest, Jeremie Harris, visiting Marvel Headquarters for the day.

        A post shared by Marvel Entertainment (@marvel) on

      5. Videos and Animations
        Creativity with the new album feature goes beyond photos. Brands have the ability to execute unique posts through videos and animations. Or create a combination of photos and videos to tell a compelling story in stillness and in motion. This new feature takes Instagram videos to the next level, allowing brands to tell a continuous story with multiple videos. Vans did a phenomenal job showcasing their shoes in a simple yet impactful way. They used multiple videos to show someone walking through various everyday backgrounds in black and white.

        A post shared by vans (@vans) on

[post_title] => 5 Ways To Use the Instagram Album Feature For Your Brand [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => 5-ways-use-instagram-album-feature-brand [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-11-26 14:35:37 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-11-26 14:35:37 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=7201 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [13] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 7112 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2017-01-31 01:26:30 [post_date_gmt] => 2017-01-31 01:26:30 [post_content] => What if I told you that generating over $200,000 in 4 weeks would cause you to shut down your website and force you to stop selling your products? You probably wouldn’t believe it. Right? I wouldn’t! I’m going to share a story with you about how we did it. What went right and what went wrong.

How We Got Started

Several months ago we got an inquiry from a potential client who wanted to sell a product online. This part is pretty normal. People find us online by doing a search on Google and they want the same for their business. This client was already running a successful business selling this product wholesale, so they knew that there was a market for this product. We did keyword research and a competitive analysis, using tools such as SEMRush and ahrefs to determine what the online marketplace looked like. We do this to help understand a couple of things:
  1. Are customers looking for this product? If so, how much are they searching for it?
  2. What keywords are they searching for?
  3. How many other companies are actively competing for these same keywords?

Developing the Brand

When a company is trying to add a direct-to-consumer model to their business while still maintaining good relationships with their wholesale clients, it’s very common for them to sell those products under a different brand name. As we did with this project, we created a new name, new logo and a completely new online store using Wordpress and WooCommerce. When selling products online there are a couple different strategies that can be used. One of which is creating a general store similar to an online mall. This allows you to sell a variety of products in different categories. You have the potential of the customer shopping around, purchasing multiple items, or even coming back multiple times to make multiple purchases. In this case, we focused on building a brand around the product. We knew that when we implemented our marketing strategy that this would pay off and result in “branded keyword” searches. I’ll talk about that a little later.

The Marketing Strategy

Our marketing strategy consisted of social media and search engine marketing. We utilized Facebook, Instagram and Youtube as well as SEO and PPC ads.

Social Media Content

We did a casting call and found models that we could do a photoshoot with as well as video content. These photos and videos were used on social media and on the website. We created promotional and educational videos to help educate the customers on how to use the product properly.

Social Media Influencers

We utilized social media influencers to create brand awareness and to help create original content. Our team identified several demographics and created customer personas to help us determine the best influencers to target. When it comes to social influencers, fans and followers matter. Right? Of course, but so does engagement rate. Engagement rate is equally if not more important than just the number of followers. It’s very easy to do a google search for “how to buy fake Instagram followers”, spend a few dollars and get a few thousand new followers. Spend a little more and you could have tens of thousands of new followers. But who cares! If those followers don’t engage with your content there is ZERO chance that they would ever purchase anything that you mention. As I mentioned earlier, this strategy resulted in customers actually Googling for the brand name of our product instead of just generic, descriptive keywords. They did this because they had seen the brand name mentioned so many times by other people.

Youtube is the Second Largest Search Engine. What!

Yup, That’s right. Youtube, which is owned by Google, is the second largest search engine. What does that mean? It means that when people are looking for something they search on Youtube more than they do on Yahoo or Bing! We took all of the promotional and educational video content that we produced and uploaded it to youtube. We used descriptive titles and descriptions to help with VSEO as well as closed captioning subtitles. We also uploaded all of the video content that we produced by the influencers.

Search Engine Optimization

We optimized the website content so that it was not just “Google Friendly” but was customer friendly. The days of keyword stuffing and only focusing on “SEO Content” is over. So it’s important that your content makes sense for your website visitors. As most of you probably know, there are two sides to SEO, on-page optimization and off-page optimization. On-page SEO is centered on the content and the focus on relevant keywords. Off-page SEO is all about inbound links. Getting good quality, authoritative websites to link back to you. There is also technical SEO. This is the aspect of SEO most companies don’t focus on as much. We see it all the time. Clients come to us from other “SEO Agencies” and “Internet marketing companies” and this is one of the most commonly overlooked aspects to their SEO strategy. Technical SEO is about how well the search engine spiders can crawl and index your website.

Paid Online Advertising - Facebook Ads, Google Ads and Retargeting

Drive that traffic! We used a combination of Facebook ads and Google ads to not just drive traffic to the website, but we used retargeting ads to target users that didn’t purchase on their first visit to our e-commerce store. Google Shopping and Product Listing Ads allowed us to upload a data feed of all of the products in our store and dynamically created ads based on the different products. These ads display at the top of a Google search and allow merchants to display a photo of their product along with pricing.

So...What in the World Happened?!

It’s a great question. From everything you’ve read you would say “Sign me up!”, right? You could say that and from what you’ve read you would be right to say the campaign we implemented was a success. You really want to know what happened? Why did this client have to shut the store down and stop selling their products online? I’m going to tell you. Selling products online and running an "online business" doesn’t mean that every aspect of your business is online. There are some aspects that are offline, like people and logistics.

This is what happened

This client was already running a successful business with good logistics and a good team of people. However, when they started selling direct-to-consumer everything changed. Instead of sending pallets or even containers of products to customers they had to start sending 1 item or in some cases 2-3 items at a time. This meant that they had to reconfigure a section of their warehouse to pick and pack. The warehouse should have been nicely organized to separate each product by style and size so that when the fulfillment team was going to pack boxes it was easy for them to grab the items they needed.

The beginning of the end

Before the traffic really started to pick up, one of the partners was handling shipping by himself. Let’s just say, his confidence in selling online was pretty low. It wasn’t long before customers started emailing about receiving the wrong items or the incorrect size. The problem was, they never thought about who was going to respond to these customers so they went unanswered. Then the traffic and sales started to increase and the one guy who was packing and shipping the products thought he could handle responding to emails. When he didn’t respond quick enough, the upset customers emailed again and again and then went on Facebook and wrote negative reviews. They started commenting on every Facebook post. Every single one. Every post on Instagram. All of them. Then they emailed again asking about how to exchange their incorrect items and why they didn’t receive certain items. They had a refund policy on the website. They had an exchange policy, but it was never thought through. It all started with a simple, “Just copy it from some other website and we’ll deal with it later.” That was a big mistake. They had to hire 7 people to handle fulfillment in their warehouse and after 1600+ unread emails they hired 4 people to handle customer service. The customer service team worked all day for weeks to respond to Facebook comments, private messages and emails. Trying to keep up with the hundreds of emails coming in a day was a daunting task. Hundreds of customers received refunds because items were out of stock or because they received the wrong items. The ones that did not get responded to quickly enough didn't just leave negative feedback on social media, they contacted their banks and their credit card companies to request chargebacks. This caused the merchant processor to put a hold on their account and prevented them from accepting credit cards online.

Why did this have to happen

It didn’t. We did everything that we were hired to do and more. We ran successful marketing and online advertising campaigns. We consulted on best practices for fulfillment and customer service. At the end of the day, they did not have the offline components of their online business lined up to handle the amount of customers they received.


Do you have an online business looking to sell more products or generate new leads? Looking to transition your business to start selling online? Contact us today so that we can help elevate your brand online! Send me a message. If you think this is crazy or you think there is someone you know who should read this, PLEASE SHARE THIS! [post_title] => How we made $211,263.78 in 4 weeks for a client and they still had to shut down their business. [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => how-made-over-200-thousand-dollars-and-still-had-to-shut-down-website [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-11 14:56:59 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-11 14:56:59 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=7112 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [14] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 7075 [post_author] => 13 [post_date] => 2017-01-27 18:00:38 [post_date_gmt] => 2017-01-27 18:00:38 [post_content] =>

Twitter Transfer: From Obama to Trump

Last Friday, as the inauguration was underway, the first Twitter transfer of power was made in American history. Moments after Donald Trump was sworn in as the 45th President of the United States he was given the prestigious twitter handle @POTUS for immediate use. Other official accounts like @FLOTUS, @VP, @WhiteHouse, and @PressSec were also transferred over to the Trump administration.
Where do all the Obama administration tweets go?
All twitter accounts for the Trump administration start fresh as all tweets from the Obama administration were removed and archived to new twitter accounts. But, tweets from the previous administration don’t just disappear. The tweets now show up on newly created twitter accounts with the handles @POTUS44, @VP44, and @FLOTUS44. These handles are what will appear on all old retweets and embeddings. No new tweets will be made from these archived accounts but they will be managed by the National Archives and Records Administration along with Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, and Tumblr accounts.  
Inheritance of Followers
In addition to the new @POTUS handle the Trump administration will inherit the millions of followers from each account. The transfer of followers was not immediate as the new @POTUS account started with zero followers. Yet, within an hour it was back up to 4 million followers and currently has 14.4 million followers. Those who followed @POTUS and Obama administration accounts will automatically be following the Trump administration until they choose to opt out.
Twitter Account Transfer Problems
While this massive social media transfer has been in the works for months it still had some hiccups. About 560,000 twitter users were signed up to follows accounts of the Trump administration. This even happened to some users that never followed any of the accounts under the Obama administration. Jack Dorsey, Twitter CEO, apologized on Saturday for the issue after many users took to twitter to complain. The influx of complaints on Friday caused a headache for Twitter after they had carefully planned for the transfer of these handles. By late Saturday the follower issue was already fixed.
Will Trump use POTUS or His Personal Twitter More?
It can already be seen that Trump favors tweeting from his personal twitter account @RealDonaldTrump as it’s where he posted his first tweets after the inauguration. There are also just as many retweets of @RealDonaldTrump on @POTUS as there are original tweets. On the day of the inauguration, it took about 90 minutes for Trump’s team to send out a tweet as @POTUS for the first time. Check out Trump's first tweet as President of the United States below.
Twitter Security
According to The New York Times, Trump traded in the Android phone he usually uses to tweet for a “secure, encrypted device approved by the Secret Service." Some people have raised security concerns over Trump continuing to tweet from his personal twitter account.  By using his personal twitter Trump risks a security crisis if it were to be hacked by a group. However, Ian Plunkett, a Twitter spokesman, stated that Twitter has a dedicated team in Washington.  In fact, Twitter works with the White House and Congress to enforce the best practices and security.
The Real Reason Trump Uses Twitter
While Trump does not exactly enjoy tweeting he believes it’s the best and most direct way to get his message out to the people. Although Trump has gained a lot of responsibility and time-consuming tasks don't expect him to stop tweeting. With over 30 million followers on his personal and presidential twitter accounts combined Trump will continue tweeting as much as can during his presidency. [post_title] => The First Twitter Transfer of Power in American History [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => first-twitter-transfer-power-american-history [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-11-26 14:33:57 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-11-26 14:33:57 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=7075 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [15] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6870 [post_author] => 11 [post_date] => 2016-12-10 15:22:55 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-12-10 15:22:55 [post_content] =>

Reaching people on the social web can be very difficult if you’re just shooting blind. When you’re operating based upon intuition, instead of hard data it can be very easy to feel like your efforts aren’t amounting to much.

When you’re trying to reach as many people as possible it’s important that you take some time to understand what actually works. Is Twitter the best place to share video? How do people actually react to my LinkedIn posts? When is the best time of day to share on Instagram?

There are hundreds of questions you’ll probably have regarding social sharing best practices. Below we illuminate what’s currently working this year, so you can create a better, more efficient, social media strategy.

Let’s jump in!

Why Social Sharing Is Important

[caption id="attachment_6875" align="alignnone" width="670"]social sharing importance Photo credit: Wilfred Iven[/caption]

If you haven’t been putting much effort into cultivating social shares, then hopefully we can convince you otherwise.

First, social sharing is like getting free brand awareness, you’re having other people tell their fans and followers about your work without any additional efforts on your part.

Second, it gives you more authority, as a high number of social shares leads people to believe your content is valuable.

Third, it brings in more traffic. And who doesn’t want more traffic?

When Is the Best Time to Share?

[caption id="attachment_6877" align="alignnone" width="670"]social media sharing times Photo credit: Mpho Mojapelo[/caption]

There’s no point in sharing your content if you’re only going to reach half your audience. According to this recent analysis from SumoMe, the worst times to share are during the weekends. While, the best times to share are towards the beginning of the week.

One of the best times to share your content is Sunday night, so then you’ll be ready for to promote your content come Monday morning.

Now that you know the best time to share it’s important to look at which platforms people are actually sharing content on.

What Platforms are People Sharing the Most?

[caption id="attachment_6872" align="alignright" width="300"]facebook sharing stats Photo credit: Wilfred Iven[/caption]

Facebook still reigns supreme. No other platform even comes close when talking about social sharing power. However, other platforms that still result in some level of social shares include, Twitter, Email, Pinterest, and even WhatsApp.

Still, those platforms don’t even come close to the dominance of Facebook in the social share market. However, if you have a primarily female-centric market, then Pinterest will be a great point of focus for your business.

What Should I Be Doing?

[caption id="attachment_6879" align="alignright" width="300"]social media strategy Photo credit: Wilfred Iven[/caption] Now that you have a little better understanding of why and where you should be posting, we're going to offer a few tips you can apply to your own social media strategy to get the most mileage from your posts.

1. Control Where Your Content Is Shared

It doesn't make any sense to share your content to places where users won't be receptive of it. When it comes to mobile Facebook, Whatsapp, and Email perform the best. However, on desktop Facebook, Pinterest, and Twitter have the highest levels of engagement.

2. Publish On Sunday

We mentioned this above, but it's worth repeating. The most shares occur during the first half of the week, Monday through Wednesday. Take advantage of this trend by publishing your content on Sunday night, then promoting it hard for the first half of the week.

3. Incorporate Images

Images will help your content stand out in a sea of noise. Pinterest is a highly image-centric platform, and posts with images tend to perform better on both Facebook and Twitter. However, make sure your images are high quality and represent your brand in a good light. Getting social media love should be an important aspect of growing both your online authority and traffic. Hopefully, the tips above will get you moving in the right direction.

Now over to you. What are your favorite social sharing tricks and tips? Please share in the comments below.

[post_title] => 2016 Social Sharing Best Practices Illuminated [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => 2016-social-sharing-best-practices-illuminated [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-10-02 23:26:36 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-10-02 23:26:36 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => http://www.brandamos.com/?p=6870 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [16] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 7000 [post_author] => 13 [post_date] => 2016-11-28 18:16:42 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-28 18:16:42 [post_content] => In Instagram's newest update users were introduced to two new ways of sharing their lives with the world. Instagram Direct now has disappearing photos and videos and slowly more and more users will be able to do Instagram live stories. These new features come shortly after Instagram included mentions, links, and an inline version of Boomerang within Instagram Stories.

Instagram Live Videos

The live video feature is a new addition to Instagram Stories allowing users to go live and connect with friends and followers instantly. The moment you're done with your live story it disappears. Poof! instagramlive   Posting a live video via Instagram Stories is pretty simple. All you have to do is swipe right from the feed and click on "Start Live Video" within the Instagram Stories section. Instagram Live Video Button This is useful for users and businesses alike because when you go live a notification will go out to friends and followers so they can tune in. During a live video users can pin a comment for all to see, which is great for businesses wanting to give their followers a specific message. When users go live a "live" graphic can be seen under their profile picture within the stories bar.  Instagram is also adding a new section on the explore section for the "Top Live Stories" currently happening. Instagram is slowly rolling out the live video feature to users. So, if you can't do live videos yet don't worry it's coming to you soon!

Disappearing Photos and Videos in Instagram Direct

In the past year the number of people using Instagram Direct has jumped from 80 million to 300 million. This is mainly due to being able to communicate in groups via Instagram Direct. Many businesses take advantage of this feature when contacting customers for freebies, giveaways, and more. Instagram Direct This new feature allows Instagram users to send photos and videos to friends and followers that will disappear once seen. Instagram will notify users instantly if anyone replays or screenshots their disappearing content. One particular thing about this feature is that users can send disappearing content to followers only.

Instagram Stories Additional Features

Before these two new features Instagram has been updating Stories with the ability to include links, mentions, and boomerangs. These can all be done directly from the Instagram Stories section. The new boomerang feature in Stories allow users to create boomerangs without leaving the Instagram app. Users can easily switch between normal and boomerang within their stories. Boomerang The addition of links and mentions within Instagram is great for businesses to drive traffic to their own websites or promotions they're having. Users will know if a story has a link because there will be a "see more" at the bottom that can be swiped up to take the user to the link. Be sure to alert followers of your story links by drawing creative texts in your story as in the image below. instagram see more The new mention feature within Instagram stories allows users to tag others. When a user is mentioned Instagram notifies them and takes them directly to the story. This is a great way for users to include brands in their stories. Mentions can drive their followers to brand pages because mentions in stories are clickable. [post_title] => The New Instagram Update With Live Videos [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => instagram-live-videos-update [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-24 18:42:08 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-24 18:42:08 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=7000 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [17] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6899 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2016-11-01 13:29:36 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-11-01 13:29:36 [post_content] => Way back in 2014 Google made an announcement that HTTPs would be considered a small ranking signal. However, there hasn’t been a lot of talk about the update, so we thought it’s time to shed some light on the subject. Since it's considered a "light signal" it probably hasn’t garnered enough interest. But, when it comes to SEO even the slightest boost to your rankings can mean a large difference in your total traffic. So, it’s definitely worth exploring. Below we dive into the link between HTTPS and SEO and take a look at how it can benefit your website, and if it’s a worthwhile avenue to explore.

What’s the Difference Between HTTP vs HTTPS?

HTTP stands for Hypertext Transfer Protocol and is a structure for how information is transferred and received through the Internet. It’s most commonly used to exchange website information. HTTP is the standard protocol for the web. While HTTPS is a Secure Hypertext Transfer Protocol, and is commonly used to secure information traveling over the web. For instance, most transactions that involve the exchange of personal data like, credit card numbers, are done through a HTTPS connection. The additional layer of security is done through an SSL connection.

Essentially, HTTPS is a much more secure connection than HTTP.

https Any site that involves the exchange of secure information will utilize a HTTPS connection. The most common sites that utilize HTTPS are sites that involve exchanging transaction data, like eCommerce stores and online banks. However, as you’ll see below most websites can benefit from utilizing an HTTPS connection, even if you’re not enhancing personal financial information.

How HTTPS Can Benefit Your Rankings

seo-1018442_960_720 If you’re trying to align your SEO strategy with Google’s best practices, then securing your site with a HTTPS connection will be beneficial. We highlight the biggest benefits you’ll receive for your site below: If you align yourself with Google’s ranking factors, then your site will rank higher. It’s a pretty simple equation. Following Google’s ranking factors will never be a bad move for your website and long-term rankings. A HTTPS connection will improve the security of your site and the privacy of your users. This type of connection will authenticate both the web server and website, and will encrypt any data that’s sent through the site. This can be a great peace of mind for your users. Having accurate analytics data will help you make better site and traffic decisions. Traffic that passes through a HTTPS connection will be preserved as a referral domain, instead of being listed as direct traffic. But, before you switch your site over there are a few things you’ll want to know. If you don’t switch your site over in the proper fashion you run the risk of actually damaging your rankings. Google has released a guide for those looking to switch over from HTTP to HTTPS, for those inclined to make the switch without damaging their rankings. You can check out the guide here. For those concerned about making the switch to a secure connection, there’s really nothing to worry about. Just follow the recommendations from Google and you’ll be able to secure your site, and hopefully see a little boost to your rankings. [post_title] => Understanding the Link Between HTTPS and SEO [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => understanding-link-https-seo [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-11-26 14:45:11 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-11-26 14:45:11 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => http://www.brandamos.com/?p=6899 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [18] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6882 [post_author] => 11 [post_date] => 2016-08-15 18:58:20 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-08-15 18:58:20 [post_content] =>

Now that the Rio 2016 Olympics are underway we thought this would be a good time to take a look at some of the design elements surrounding the Olympics. Our favorite being their logo. As design geeks we’re going to take a special look at this year's logo.

Like most things related to design, there are a few hidden meanings buried within what seems like a fairly simple logo. Below we dive into our three favorite hidden design features of this year’s logo.

Who Designed the Logo?

First things first, who was the team behind this year’s logo design?

[caption id="attachment_6887" align="alignnone" width="569"]rio 2016 logo Photo credit: Creative Review[/caption]

The bidding process for the Olympic logo was incredibly intense. Plus, the project has very high aims and goals, you not only have to represent an entire country in a logo, but you'll also have an audience of almost the entire world. That's a lot of people to appeal to.

The design firm Tatil was able to win the bidding war and come out on top of over 100 different design firms and agencies.

1. The Shape Mirrors the Landscape

Brazil is know for some of its natural landscape features. One of the goals the design team had in mind was to create a logo that represents more than one of their natural landmarks.

Most people already know that Sugarloaf mountain is highlighted in the logo. But, the logo also highlights other landscape features, like the mountains that surround the city, to the islands that are right off the coast, and of course the ocean.

Hold up the logo to any piece of natural scenery surrounding the city, and you’ll see that it fits beautifully.

2. The Three People Represent Change

It’s widely known that Brazil has seen and is currently undergoing massive changes from the ground up. In order for the country to move forward in a positive manner it’s going to take everyone from all walks of life coming together.

The big hug, or dance, highlights the people, the companies, and the politicians all coming together to move Rio and the entire country into the future.

3. The Emblem Actually Says Rio

Of course the logo says ‘Rio 2016’ in the letter head. But, when the logo is viewed from certain angles, the three dancing people also make out the word Rio. According to the design team, this was completely unintentional.

But, as well all know, when you’re fully immersed in a project your unconscious will add things to the design that you never knew existed, or even thought of!

[caption id="attachment_6888" align="alignnone" width="670"]rio logo 3d design Photo credit: Carlbob[/caption]

The great thing about logos and most design elements is that they mean a lot of things to different people. The design team creates the best representation possible, and the people who experience the logo create their own experiences about what it means.

Finally, this is the only Olympics logo ever that was made into a 3D design, you can check it out in the image below. Looking at the 3D version will help some of the above design cues come to life.

On another note, we’ve enjoyed watching the Olympics so far, and we hope you have too.

Now over to you. What’s your favorite aspect of the Rio 2016 Olympic logo? Share your favorites in the comments below.

[post_title] => Hidden Meanings in the Rio 2016 Olympics Logo [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => hidden-meanings-in-the-rio-2016-olympics-logo [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2016-08-15 18:58:20 [post_modified_gmt] => 2016-08-15 18:58:20 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => http://www.brandamos.com/?p=6882 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [19] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6854 [post_author] => 11 [post_date] => 2016-07-25 13:52:38 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-07-25 13:52:38 [post_content] =>

Virtual reality is an emerging advertising medium that a lot of people seem to be going crazy for. Virtual reality isn’t spreading quite as fast as some experts had predicted, but we can still expect this to be much more than just a passing fad. Even though a lot of devices are still in the testing phases, the emergence of Oculus Rift and other similar devices is signaling big things for the future.

Expect this new technology to really hit its stride in coming years, as the price of devices drop, and it becomes integrated with a lot of our existing technology. As VR plays a central role in our technological lives we can expect the advertising opportunities to grow as well.

Below we examine the emerging virtual reality market and what it means for the future of advertising.

What is Virtual Reality?

[caption id="attachment_6865" align="aligncenter" width="670"]Photo credit: Maurizio Pesce Photo credit: Maurizio Pesce[/caption]

Virtual reality is set to change how humans and technology interact. What once began as a far off sci-fi dream is now becoming a reality. Now we don’t even have to leave our own homes to experience far off lands and new worlds.

Our experience with the digital world is going to greatly shift in coming years as more inexpensive VR devices become available and technology in this space continues to advance. There are a lot of heavy hitters investing a lot of money into developing and advancing this space including Facebook, Google, Sony, Microsoft, and Samsung.

A VR headset will encapsulate your entire vision and immerse you into a fully 3D generated world. Along with immersive audio, this will create a truly real virtual experience for you to inhabit.

This opens up a new frontier for advertisers and businesses looking to connect with customers in a deep and impactful way.

What VR Means for Advertisers

[caption id="attachment_6866" align="aligncenter" width="670"]Photo credit: Wojtek Witkowski Photo credit: Wojtek Witkowski[/caption]

Virtual reality solves a lot of problems that typical advertising methods can’t address. Some of those being having a lack of a competitive advantage, and not creating an immersive enough campaigns that people to remember and take action on. VR seeks to solve a lot of these problems by creating extremely immersive experiences that create both an emotional and physical reaction.

Of course the technology is still young, but doing things like allowing people to experience the entire 360 degree launch of your event can create buzz that other marketing channels can’t match. Brands like RedBull are using virtual reality to create immersive flying experiences to help build brand excitement and association.

Right now the barrier to entry into the VR advertising space is quite high. However, expect this to drop into the future.

Advertisers who are creating VR experiences need to tread lightly. Virtual reality is less forgiving of bad experiences than other mediums. Since it impacts the body as well as the mind people can actually have physical reactions to poorly crafted VR experiences. This just shows the importance of investing money and research into creating the best experience possible.

What are your thoughts on VR and the impact it's going to have across the advertising space? Share your thoughts in the comments below.

[post_title] => Virtual Reality and the Future of Advertising [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => virtual-reality-future-advertising [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2016-07-25 13:52:38 [post_modified_gmt] => 2016-07-25 13:52:38 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => http://www.brandamos.com/?p=6854 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [20] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6849 [post_author] => 11 [post_date] => 2016-07-21 13:53:57 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-07-21 13:53:57 [post_content] =>

Sit in a park on a sunny afternoon and you’ll see people wandering around aimlessly, their noses buried in their devices.

It seems like Pokémon Go is steadily taking over the world. This new app has steadily grabbed the attention of adults and children alike. However, far from being a passing fad, it seems that Pokémon Go is laying the foundation for a much larger trend into the future.

Most apps simply cause people to immerse themselves in their devices, forgetting the world around them even exists. This new mobile game is similar, yet it creates a whole new form of interaction with the world that’s beyond our screens.

Below we dive into what this new mobile game actually is and how local businesses are benefitting from its explosive popularity.

The Pokémon Revolution

[caption id="attachment_6863" align="aligncenter" width="670"] Photo credit: Bago Games[/caption]

Pokémon fever hasn’t gripped the world for over 15 years. But, with the release of their new mobile game, they’re definitely doing something right. Since the app was released just a few weeks ago, Nintendo’s market value has shot up by over $7 billion. In every single app marketplace, Pokémon Go is dominating the charts.

But, what is Pokémon Go?

Once you fire up the app different Pokémon characters will appear on your screen using your phone’s GPS and camera. You can then capture Pokémon and earn points. New characters will appear on your screen as you move throughout your town.

This is one of the most popular augmented reality apps ever released. This differs from virtual reality, in that the players aren’t completely immersed in a new world. It simply creates a layer of gameplay experience on top of existing reality. It’s similar to what the app Foursquare tried to do a few years ago, but could never quite implement fully.

This app creates a bridge for future apps and mobile games, where the line between technology and the real world is effectively blurred. This provides a huge opportunity for local businesses who are willing to capitalize on this growing trend.

How Local Businesses Can Benefit

[caption id="attachment_6861" align="aligncenter" width="670"]Photo credit: Jay Mantri Photo credit: Jay Mantri[/caption]

Businesses who have local storefronts can benefit from all these people who are now roaming the streets. There’s a feature within the app called Lures. Local businesses can purchase these lures for around one dollar an hour to drive foot traffic to their stores. Lures will increase the rate of Pokémon gathering in the area, so naturally more people will come hang out from of your store.

Entice them with coupons and discounts and you’re ready to rock.

Your local business could even be a Pokestop or a Gym, where players can gather to train and face off with other users or heal their Pokémon. By offering discounts to local players you’ll surely see an uptick in sales.

There’s no saying how long this Pokémon trend will last, but even if this isn’t an evergreen marketing strategy, it is something worth exploring. Plus. by delighting customers now they’ll remember you in the future. Relationship building is always a good idea in the world of business.

What are your thoughts on Pokémon Go and its relationship to local businesses? Please share in the comments below.

[post_title] => Pokémon Go’s Impact on the Business World [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => pokemon-gos-impact-business-world [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-11 15:13:02 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-11 15:13:02 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => http://www.brandamos.com/?p=6849 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [21] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6837 [post_author] => 11 [post_date] => 2016-07-07 14:30:43 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-07-07 14:30:43 [post_content] =>

There's always a lot of hype anytime a big website announces changes to their algorithm. It happens with Instagram. It happens with Google. And now Facebook has made a brand new announcement.

Last week Facebook announced it’s going to be changing the news feed algorithm to more heavily favor content that’s produced by friends and family, rather than big publishers. This is a huge concern for business owners and online publishers alike.

Below we dive into what this means for your digital marketing strategy and offer a few insights that’ll hopefully have you rethinking your strategy.

What Does the Data Show?

Buzzsumo recently did an analysis of over 25 million Facebook posts published over the past year from top publishers. That’s a lot of posts, wow!

In this analysis they were able to uncover certain trends which help to illuminate the possible future of the platform. We explore some of the key points below.

1. Total Shares

Over the course of the year there was a small increase in the average number of shares that each post received. However, there’s a significant difference in the increase in shares across varying post types.


2. Referral Traffic

Referral traffic from Facebook is responsible for more than 40 percent of traffic to most news sites. You can see why their update has a lot of large-scale publishers scared. Data suggests that there’s been a steady drop in the total number of shares in posts that contain links over the past year. It seems that Facebook wants to keep visitors eyeballs on their site.


3. Video is King

Compared to other forms of media posted to Facebook, video saw the most growth. Since last August the number of average shares has more than doubled. Photo sharing across Facebook has stayed relatively the same.


More on the future of video below...

Which Direction Should I Take My Strategy?

Regardless of algorithm updates we can use the data above to hedge our bets on the future of platform. From the analyzed data, one thing can be concluded, video is going to play a large role in Facebook’s future.

Video is currently driving a large majority of the shares across Facebook. The total number of shares for video has only grown over the course of a year. This could be due to Facebook’s increasing focus on video, and the introduction of Facebook live.

Video is a great content medium, because it provides an immediate connection. Videos can be used to entertain, to educate, to inspire, or even deeply connect with viewers. Plus, video holds weight as being a very valuable form of content.

On a plus side, if you're a content creator, Facebook offers very in-depth analytics like, the total number of views, the percentage of the video that was viewed, and a lot more. All of this data can help you create more engaging and interesting videos for your followers.

Facebook will continue to change well into the future, but by looking keeping an eye for where they're going we can adjust our strategies to ensure we don't get left in the dust.

If you’re interested in how you can use Facebook to grow the reach of your business today, then get in touch with our creative team today.

[post_title] => New Data Reveals Video Is the Key to Your Facebook Strategy [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => new-data-reveals-video-key-facebook-strategy [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-09-28 04:29:35 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-09-28 04:29:35 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => http://www.brandamos.com/?p=6837 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [22] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6833 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2016-07-06 00:58:26 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-07-06 00:58:26 [post_content] => We see content that is created for the sole purpose of hitting word count goals. As of recently, a few big Internet figures have said that your blog posts need to hit a certain word count, and it becomes a rule that cannot be broken. Often, these contain a bit of truth, but we need to look at the reason for the word count hitting a certain number. It’s not the number of words that matter; it’s what is actually being said. Length is a poor indicator of quality, there are much more important metrics to focus on. Below we illuminate why focusing on word count alone is a bad idea and highlight a few other metrics that are more valuable.

Word Count Isn’t the Holy Grail

All it takes is a look at Seth Godin’s famous 100-word blog posts to see that word count isn’t everything. Sometimes content that’s only written to hit certain word counts will be filled with useless words, phrases, and sometimes entire paragraphs dedicated to nothing but making your content seem more authoritative. We’re not saying that long content isn't valuable. It’s incredibly valuable and Google seems to love it. But, the final word count of what you’re writing means a lot less than the substance it contains. Not sure what we mean? Keep reading to see where you should put your efforts instead.

1. Clarity & Depth of Content

Some topics only take a few hundred words to sum up, others take thousands. It’s better to cut your content short than to fill your reader's mind with fluff. Remember, the web of the future is going to be written for readers, not the search engines. Create content that keeps the reader’s attention, while entertaining, or educating them, and you’ll be good.

2. A Focus on Mobile

Mobile is future. It might even be here already. All the data suggests that mobile usage is on its way up, while desktop usage in on the way out. In fact, in the U.S. 25% of people only use their mobile devices! This means that your content needs to be ready for mobile consumption. Long, rambling, and unwieldy blog posts won’t be read on mobile devices. Think shorter content that can be more readily consumed and shared on the go. Your content either needs to be short-form and easy to consume. Or, long-form and display beautifully on mobile screens.

3. Great Formatting and Design

People read differently on the web. Instead of engaging and processing every word they skim and look for headlines and bullet points. You need to make your content easy to absorb on smaller screens. Include things like images, video, numbers, bolded text for emphasis, and short sentences. Use design cues to pull your readers eyes through your content. Creating great content is all about providing the most value to your readers. Stop placing your attention on floating word-count metrics and instead start serving and providing value. What are your thoughts on word count? Does it matter as much as the “experts” say it does? Please share your thoughts in the comments [post_title] => Why Word Count Shouldn't Be Your Sole Focus [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => word-count-shouldnt-sole-focus [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-23 14:00:09 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-23 14:00:09 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => http://www.brandamos.com/?p=6833 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [23] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6822 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2016-07-01 00:43:52 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-07-01 00:43:52 [post_content] => Here at Brandamos we always love a good logo conspiracy. Now this isn’t as racy or heart pounding as the latest Dan Brown novel, but it does hit home for any of us in the digital marketing space. Below we dive into some of the current theories surrounding the White House’s latest logo changes and overall brand identity. Keep reading, things are about to heat up!

The Story Begins

The White House logo has undergone a series of facelifts throughout the years. The story of the White House logo goes all the way back to the original printing of the $20 bill, which showcases the same view of the White House that’s used today. However, the online version of the White House logo didn’t appear until 2007. Design Agency, Hello Monday, was called in to give their logo an overhaul back in 2009. But, when they began their initial design consult they noticed some things were awry. The main point of contention being the arch that had somehow morphed into a pyramid in their logo.   The pyramid is a well-known conspiracy symbol and springs up in almost every single conspiracy theory related to the US and our government. It’s hard to figure out where the arch mistake actually occurred, especially since the White House doesn’t publish anything about their logo, or their online brand. All of these changes were occurring under the radar. Hello Monday then went on to create two different version of the logo. The first changed the mistaken pyramid back to an arch to mirror the way the White House actually looks. The second got rid of the arches and pyramids entirely, so we could finally sweep this whole debacle under the rug. For reasons unbeknownst to us common folk, the White House decided not to move forward with the project, which left the unused logos floating around cyberspace. Until earlier this year with the unveiling of their latest redesign.

The Latest Redesign

The latest version of the White House logo was brought into existence sometime this year. I guess the White House doesn’t care much for big brand reveals. There’s one thing you’ll notice in the latest iteration of their logo—the pyramid has been changed into an arch. Finally! But, the alternating pyramids and arches are now all wrong. They’re in complete misalignment with the way the White House looks. But, looking back at the logos that Hello Monday introduced back in 2009, you’ll see that they’re the ones who put the error in place. Which brings certain questions to light: did the White House lie about wanting to continue the project? Did they decide to use the original designs provided by Hello Monday? Why does the White House logo continue to have so many mistakes? Unfortunately, this is something we’ll never quite know the full truth about. But, it’s fun to speculate about why an institution like the White House has so many glaring errors. Are the errors intentional? Do they mean something larger than meets the eye? Is there actually a connection to the illuminati pyramids? Now over to you. What do you think about the continuing debate over the White House logo? Is it a meaningless discussion, or is there truly something more than meets the eye? Share your thoughts in the comments below. [post_title] => Unveiling The White House Logo Conspiracy [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => unveiling-white-house-logo-conspiracy [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-23 13:58:55 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-23 13:58:55 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => http://www.brandamos.com/?p=6822 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [24] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6818 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2016-07-01 00:28:47 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-07-01 00:28:47 [post_content] => When movers and shakers join forces it’s always something to dive further into to see what it means for the future of our own companies. How will the LinkedIn buyout affect our lives as employees and business owners? According to Time, this is one of the biggest and riskiest acquisitions in the history of technology. Now those are some pretty big words. This deal even tops Facebook’s acquisition of WhatsApp back in 2014. Below we examine the far reaching effects of this buyout, what it means for their companies, and how this will affect the future of your business.

Was the Acquisition a Good Thing?

There’s a lot of excitement floating around about this deal. Especially because there’s little overlap between both companies. Internally, this means there will be little layoffs. Externally, there strategies, purpose, and overarching goals are in alignment, which could mean big things for the future. Below we highlight a few benefits that CEO Jeff Weiner gave for the merger: For a full look at the email sent to LinkedIn employees discussing the merger, check out this link. It sounds really good on paper. Still, some skepticism remains. Especially, with Microsoft’s track record of big acquisitions like Nokia and Skype. Hint, hint they didn’t go too well.

How Will This Affect My Work?

It’s a little too early to tell exactly what new products and services will come to life, or how their existing products will change. But, we can still make some speculations. For instance, Microsoft Office could integrate with your LinkedIn profile, so it’s much easier and seamless to update your profile. Or, LinkedIn’s newsfeed could connect with your Outlook calendar to provide more engaging and relevant content. The overlapping goals of both companies are to empower workers to create new opportunities and become more productive. We hope that having these two companies unite under a common goal will propel this mission forward. Both LinkedIn and Microsoft are two commonly used solutions for business owners and employees everywhere. It seems they’ve truly cornered the market on work-based social media and productivity platforms. We can only hope this means big things for our future as employees and owners. For those who rely on LinkedIn for lead generation and promotion, you can rest easy. One of the biggest pieces that got the LinkedIn CEO to agree to the merger was the guarantee that LinkedIn will remain independent and still retain freedom to operate. We’re hoping this acquisition will only enhance the future of both companies, while making out working lives much easier. What are your thoughts on the Microsoft acquisition? Good, bad, neutral? Please share in the comments below. [post_title] => What Does the LinkedIn Buyout Mean For Your Business? [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => linkedin-buyout-mean-business [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-10-08 22:37:39 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-10-08 22:37:39 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => http://www.brandamos.com/?p=6818 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [25] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6804 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2016-06-23 02:14:05 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-06-23 02:14:05 [post_content] => If you've spent any time on Facebook recently, then you’re probably aware of the sidebar and newsfeed ads. Sometimes, they grab your attention and you feel like they’ve been stalking your every move. Other times, all you can do is laugh about the strange ad that’s somehow caught your attention. Which brings us to the question: who does Facebook think I am? We already know they use algorithms to display certain items in our feed, and use our search history and Internet data trail to define some of the ads for us. But, did you know you can actually dig into Facebook to see why they think you’re interested in underwater basket weaving, autographed sneakers, antique lamps, or collectible Bean Babies? Below we walk you through the process of diving into your Facebook ad preferences, so you can discover, once and for all, how well Facebook actually knows you.

Why Am I Seeing This?

When you login to Facebook take a look at your sidebar. Chances are there’s going to be a few ads that catch your attention. Hover over the ad and click on the ‘x’ in the right hand corner. why am i seeing this? This will bring up a box that gives you a few options. Click on 'Why am I seeing this?' to bring up a box that offers their explanation. about this facebook ad Put simply, if you've searched for something before outside of Facebook they have this data and use it to show you relevant ads (you can turn off this feature if you’d like). The ads you’re shown are also based off your Facebook preferences, which we’ll explore in more detail below.

Take a Stand and Tell Facebook Who You Are

Facebook’s ad preferences allow you to control the information they can use to determine what kind of ads they should show you. To change, or simply explore, your preferences navigate to the Ad Preferences screen. ad preferences You’ll notice that a lot of these are actually spot-on. For the most part your ad preferences are based upon things you’ve liked and pages and people you follow across Facebook. To remove an ad preference (because they totally got it wrong), just click the 'x' on the far right of the ad preference. ad preferences By clicking on the actual list of preferences you’ll be greeted with a pop-up that does it’s best to describe why they think this is a preference you have. about this ad prefernece A lot of Internet users are opposed to ads, and naturally there’s a firestorm debate about the topic. However, Facebook does remain a free service and by advertising they can keep the service free. Plus, you don’t have to buy anything from the ads if you don’t want to (show a little self control will ya ;) Regardless of your opinions on the ad-driven Internet it’s quite interesting to dig through your preferences to see the strange pile of data Facebook has compiled on you. By deleting the interests that don’t pertain to you, you’ll be able to create a better overall user experience for yourself as you aimlessly scroll down the newsfeed. What about you? What’s the strangest thing Facebook thought you were a fan of? [post_title] => What Facebook Really Thinks of You [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => facebook-really-thinks [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-03 16:13:44 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-03 16:13:44 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => http://www.brandamos.com/?p=6804 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [26] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6774 [post_author] => 10 [post_date] => 2016-04-01 15:37:33 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-04-01 15:37:33 [post_content] => Today is the first day of April, otherwise known as April Fools' Day, and you know what that means – trust no one and especially not Google. Google has a history of playing April Fools' pranks on users of the world wide web, and while I wish I could reach their level of hoax-mastery, I realize that those dreams may never come true. So, I will settle for trying to learn from their expertise. In honor of the internet god that is Google, here are my five favorite April Fools' pranks from Google, in no particular order:

1. Google MentalPlex (April Fools' 2000)

Google MentalPlex I begin with their prank from 2000 because it feels appropriate to have a little throwback. On April 1st, 2000, Google released MentalPlex, a search engine that could read your mind and perform searches without ever having to type a thing. Wow, Google! That's some pretty high tech stuff for the modest year of 2000. The instructions were simple: Upon clicking the circle, search results for "April Fools'" appeared, as well as a notice that MentalPlex was "unclear on whether your search is about money or monkeys." This is one of my favorites because I can just picture millions of internet browsers leaning into their computers, concentrating real hard with a squished up face, then feeling like a complete dummy when they realize it was just a practical joke and awkwardly looking over their shoulders. Oh, was that just me? Considering this was long before social media and businesses really had any personality or web presence, it's fun to think that Google was likely quite impressed with themselves for being so clever. Well played, Google. Well played.

2. PigeonRank (April Fools' 2002)

Google PigeonRank Google clearly has a flair for the ridiculous. On April Fools' day 2002, they decided to reveal the secret inner workings of its search technology – pigeons. Yup, you read that right. Apparently, Google did their best to convince the world wide web that clusters of pigeons had been trained to rank pages by quickly striking a rubber-padded, steel bar with their beaks when a relevant result appeared. They explained, "PigeonRank's success relies primarily on the superior trainability of the domestic pigeon (Columba livia) and its unique capacity to recognize objects regardless of spatial orientation." PigeonRank Diagram Sounds pretty convincing with all the techie-jargon, but not so sure they got too many believers out of it. This prank makes my list because I happen to have a love for the ridiculous. You can check out their original PigeonRank site to this day - graphs and all.  

3. Google Becomes Topeka (April Fools' 2010)

Google Becomes Topeka On April Fools' Day 2010, Google went for a subtle and rather hilarious prank. They announced that they would be changing their name to Topeka. What's the significance of that? Well, the mayor of Topeka, KS unofficially changed the name of their city to Google, KS for the month of March. "It's just fun. We're having a good time of it," explained the Mayor. Google certainly took notice, and felt inspired enough to make a big change of their own. Google's remarks: "We didn't reach this decision lightly; after all, we had a fair amount of brand equity tied up in our old name [clearly]. But the more we surfed around (the former) Topeka's municipal website, the more kinship we felt with this fine city at the edge of the Great Plains." Google knew the new name would take some getting used to, but assured users that Topeka Maps and Proper 'Topeka' Usageother services would cover all geographic locations, not just Topeka, KS. How kind of them to clarify! The name change even came with instructions on proper sentence usage. Looks like Google was having a "good time of it" themselves, Mr. Mayor.  

4. Google Nose BETA (April Fools' 2013)

Ever wonder if your milk really has gone bad? What does bad milk smell like? I'll tell you one thing, Google Nose (see what they did there?). In 2013, Google announced their new search function, Google Nose BETA. Google felt like there was a certain aspect to their search engine that was missing - a whole sense was left out. Thus, the creation of Google Nose, a way to search through smell and also to search for smells through their "Google Aromabase." Google Nose - Campfire In the video promo released, Google designers mock themselves, claiming to be inspired by walking their new puppy. "This is how she gets information about her world," exclaims one designer as he passionately describes how his puppy sniffs every square inch during their walks. This particular April Fools' hoax has a bit of a history lesson, as it recalls an April Fools' joke from 1965 released by the BBC. I am quite the fan of this particular joke, because while I'm sure Google recognizes their internet mastery, it's always great to see a corporate giant that is able to make fun of themselves.

5. YouTube "Rickrolls" The UK and Australia (April Fools' 2008)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dQw4w9WgXcQ You just can't beat a classic. While I admire creativity, it's hard not to praise a prank so thoroughly infuriating. What YouTube/Google did, much to the chagrin of our funny sounding cousins overseas, was direct all featured video clicks to Rick Astley's "Never Gonna Give You Up." Although "Rickrolling" was supposedly only a year old by the time YouTube kicked off this April Fools' prank, by now the joke is forever branded onto our hearts. This was the first YouTube prank after Google acquired the site as part of their internet empire. I can just imagine how giddy the masterminds behind the prank felt as they threw their heads back and laughed maniacally while rubbing their hands together.

BONUS: Google Cardboard Plastic (April Fools' 2016)

Oh, you thought I was done? April Fools'! This year, Google really outdid themselves with ludicrousness. And I love it! First of all, Google Cardboard is real. However, Google takes this concept a step further by making their Google Cardboard lenses... out of plastic. Weren't expecting that, were you? So, what does Google Cardboard Plastic do? It goes beyond virtual reality and steps into actual reality. Because, as they say, "What's realer than real? Probably nothing." 20/20 Google Cardboard Plastic Vision Google claims a few grandiose features of this Google Cardboard Plastic technology: "What we really wanted to do was make... something... feel... real," the video explains. Well, I think they really hit the mark on this new piece of technology. Google, you did it again. Are you feeling inspired, yet? Getting immersed in the spirit of April Fools' Day? The day is young! Go out there and prank a loved one. Nothing says "I love you" like a fake, positive pregnancy test. What evil plans do you have up your sleeves for this April Fools' Day? [post_title] => Google’s 5 Best April Fools' Pranks [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => googles-top-5-april-fools-pranks [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-09-27 18:29:16 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-09-27 18:29:16 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => http://www.brandamos.com/?p=6774 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [27] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6687 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2016-03-08 21:03:35 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-03-08 21:03:35 [post_content] => How do we celebrate National Pancake Day? By testing out our slow motion camera and dousing a stack of pancakes with Aunt Jemima. For this we used the Sony RX-100 IV on high frame rate mode. Look for more HFR videos in the future. We found the camera's quality to be excellent, however, as all the sony models, including their flagship A7R II to have cumbersome controls. The HFR mode on the RX 100 IV is extremely cumbersome and you won't be capturing footage right out of the box. There are a few settings that you need to understand before getting started.

Other examples of HFR:

If you're hungry

Need some good pancake recipes? [post_title] => National Pancake Day - March 8th 2016 [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => national-pancake-day-march-8th-2016 [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-09-29 19:03:18 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-09-29 19:03:18 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => http://www.brandamos.com/?p=6687 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [28] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6524 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2016-03-07 12:30:08 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-03-07 12:30:08 [post_content] => Every brand and every company is potentially vulnerable to a crisis of some kind, and in today's digital world, there is nowhere for brands to hide when something goes wrong. That's why it's critical to understand how to manage your brand at times of great pressure. From relatively minor issues to hugely serious, game-changing problems, you need to have an effective strategy in place. Whether it's a personal scandal hitting one of your team, an awkward tweet, a faulty product or the ultimate catastrophe where customers have been injured or harmed, keeping a calm head will make all the difference to your recovery.

Plan Ahead

A crisis, by its very nature, normally arises without warning, but it is possible to plan ahead for some kinds of problems. Think now—while the sun shines—about how you and your team would respond to different kinds of incidents. If you can agree on various plans of action, you will be able to face the real crisis from a much better place. For all but the smallest of companies, it's helpful, for example, to have some pre-approved, pre-drafted statements ready to suit different kinds of situations.

The First 24 Hours are Critical

When a crisis hits your brand, what you say and do in the first day is what counts, and what will be remembered, for better or for worse. As news spreads like wildfire across the online channels, you don't have time to retreat to a bunker and hide. You must act fast. However, it goes without saying to impulsive, knee jerk responses are not going to help. Stay calm, and gather the facts. Depending on the size of your company, this could take a few hours, but that's better than issuing a statement and then later having to retract or amend it. With facts identified, it's time to admit to the problem and to apologize—sincerely. A brand crisis is not a time for grudging apologies, and it's certainly not a time to lie or to try to hide the extent of the problem. Honest and open transparency matters more than ever at this point. In the worst case scenario, where death or serious injury has occurred, it's critical that you first show empathy and compassion for those involved. In less serious incidents, a sincere apology should be followed by an outline of what you are doing in order to make sure the incident is not repeated. Don't make promises you cannot keep, and do expect people to watch carefully to see if you keep your word.

Know When to Get Expert Help

In the most serious of crisis situations, you're going to need external help, be that from lawyers, reputation managers, PR people or others. Don't allow the situation to escalate out of control before you call in the experts; this will cost you far more in the long term, both in terms of paying these experts and in terms of your reputation with your customers.

Inform Your Customers

With your initial apology done and your action plan set out, it's time to contact customers who may not be aware of what has happened. Should you do this? Well, yes, in most cases you should. Even if customers aren't yet aware, they will be eventually, and will respect your brand far more if you are the ones to inform them. Furthermore, this allows you control over how they receive and process the information and opens up the opportunity to immediately spin it however you wish. Choose whichever digital marketing channels makes sense to you, be that YouTube, email, social media, your website, or something else, and reach out to all of your customers with an explanation. Again, don't forget to tell them what you are doing about the problem.

Monitor Reaction and Respond

During a brand crisis, you will need to invest considerable time during the first 48 hours into monitoring your customer reactions. This might mean responding to irate emails or social media posts, fielding phone calls and attempting to set the record straight where misinformation is flying about. It's time and labor intensive, but it has to be done, otherwise your good work thus far in the crisis can so easily be undone. Most non-catastrophic brand crisis incidents settle down relatively quickly, but for those customers directly involved the crisis will leave a lasting impression, which they will share with their associates. By following these simple crisis management tips, you can hopefully emerge from the crisis bruised, but with your longer term reputation intact. [post_title] => How to Manage Your Brand Through a Crisis [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [post_password] => [post_name] => manage-brand-crisis [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-22 17:44:40 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-22 17:44:40 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=6524 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [29] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6612 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2016-03-04 15:54:16 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-03-04 15:54:16 [post_content] => The point of any kind of digital marketing is ultimately to drive sales and grow the bottom line – but small to medium business to business enterprises need a subtly different digital marketing approach to that taken by business to consumer businesses. The tools available to both are fundamentally the same, and a good digital marketing strategy for either type of company will involve email marketing, social media, great content and SEO – it's what you do with these tools which changes. To create a successful B2B digital marketing strategy, you need to understand the following nuances.

1. B2B and B2C Digital Marketing Have Different Goals

For a business selling directly to consumers, sales are really the only thing that matters, and everything is focused directly or indirectly on getting the consumer to make that purchase, and preferably to return to purchase again. In the B2B marketplace, however, the emphasis is more on nurturing leads and business relationships which might potentially turn into sales, eventually. There is less immediacy and more focus on long term interactions and familiarity.

2. B2B and B2C Audiences are Different

The typical B2C consumer is driven by impulse, to some degree, and by the satisfaction of buying. Consumers can be wooed by creating an emotional response – it doesn’t matter whether the response is laughter, sadness or inspiration, but some kind of emotional connection helps to build sales. The B2B purchaser, on the other hand, is driven by logic, cost considerations and a host of other corporate restrictions. Being able to make them laugh might get you some bonus points, but what really counts is useful, accurate information to inform the purchasing decision.

Is your company B2B or B2C?

The sales cycle in a B2C environment is very short; in a B2B environment, the products are typically more complex and more expensive and the sales process is much longer, potentially involving a lengthy and complicated decision making chain. Understanding this difference is key to creating B2B content which helps to drive those decisions.

3. B2B Customers Need a Different Type of Content

The needs of your B2B customer will change as you move higher up the purchasing chain. It’s vital that you provide different levels of detail and different types of content to suit each stage in this chain. If you sell manufacturing equipment, for example, the content needs of the Finance Director signing off on a decision are going to be very different to the needs of the engineer who first raised the problem which your equipment can solve. Ebooks, white papers, FAQs, informative blog posts and tech specifications are useful types of content if you’re selling to business; you'll need far fewer of the fun, quirky, memorable content pieces that a B2C company will focus on.

4. B2B and B2C Customers Hang Out in Different Places

It’s not enough to have fantastic B2B content which will help your purchasers make an educated choice; you need to put that content in front of them, which means understanding where online you can find your customers. Social media channels like Facebook, Pinterest, Instagram and Snapchat are far less important, or even mostly irrelevant for many B2B businesses. LinkedIn and other professional networks are a much better bet, as are specialist forums and industry specific communities. Because B2B digital marketing targets a very narrow niche – if you make equipment for the auto industry, you don't want to waste time and money trying to attract a wider audience than that – it's essential to narrow down your social media strategy so that you are appearing in the right places and not adopting a vague, scattergun approach. In many ways, the similarities between B2B and B2C for digital marketing outweigh the differences, and there are crossovers, with some instances of B2B companies successfully using B2C strategies and vice versa. However, the critical difference of the purchasing chain is all too often misunderstood by B2B enterprises, which can lead to a huge amount of wasted effort, money and time. Go where your customers are and deliver to them high quality, useful, informative content, packaged and re-packaged for different stages of the buying process – this is a golden rule for B2B digital marketing which should serve you well.

Is your company B2B or B2C?

[post_title] => 4 Key Differences Between B2C and B2B Digital Marketing [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [post_password] => [post_name] => 4-key-differences-b2c-b2b-digital-marketing [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-22 17:43:39 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-22 17:43:39 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=6612 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [30] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6520 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2016-02-26 06:39:09 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-02-26 06:39:09 [post_content] => Digital marketing is an increasingly complex job—long gone are the days when you could build a website, set up a Facebook page for it, sit back and watch the dollars roll in. These days there are numerous complex channels, techniques and strategies to consider, and it's incredibly easy to get it badly wrong. Do digital marketing badly and you risk wasting a lot of time, a lot of money and potentially a lot of disillusioned customers too. Fortunately, some of the biggest digital marketing mistakes are also among the easiest to avoid.

1. A Bit of This, a Bit of That

You know the saying "failing to plan is planning to fail"? That. You cannot take a random, scattergun approach to digital marketing and hope to achieve anything other than a whole heap of frustration. It's essential to plan your digital marketing carefully. Start by doing plenty of research to ensure you understand your market. Pay careful attention to what your competitors are doing, and to what you can find out about what your customers really want from your online presence. Assess your brand's strengths and weaknesses, set some objectives, and figure out how much time and money you can afford to invest in digital marketing. Then work out, step by step, which kind of marketing would give you the results you need.

2. Going Old School

Hopefully, you're not employing the talents of a dinosaur when it comes to your digital marketing. Anyone offering aggressive, blackhat SEO techniques is going to do your brand far more harm than good. Older-style strategies such as spammy link building and keyword stuffing are also out of favor now—and for good reason. What customers really want is useful, personalized content (see #3) not cackhanded text which is barely readable and means they've wasted a click. Learn about organic digital marketing, content marketing and other sensible techniques, or employ a professional who knows what he or she is doing.

3. Forgetting the Content

Content matters, as much now as it ever did, if not more so. Your customers will expect you to provide, promote and share useful, engaging content which will help them, educate them, inspire them, encourage them, solve their problem or make them smile. If your website is just sell, sell, sell then you're going to have a tough time getting good results from quality digital marketing techniques.

4. Failing to Get Mobile

Depending where you are in the world, it's beginning to be much more likely that the visitor to your site is on a mobile device, not a desktop PC. It's essential that your website is optimized for mobile. If it isn't, then Google will put you in the naughty corner, and many customers will instantly click away.

5. Not Managing (Your Own) Expectations

Digital marketing takes time. You (usually) won't see results for your hard work tomorrow, or next week or perhaps even next month. For newcomers to digital marketing, it's very easy to get discouraged, but you have to be in it for the long game. Social media marketing may get you results within a couple of weeks (or hours, if you're a total genius), but pay-per-click campaigns typically take at least six weeks to really kick in, while search engine optimization is an ongoing adventure and may not bear much fruit before six months is out. Be patient, and keep learning and trying.

6. Fingers in Too Many Pies

This is a particular problem with social media marketing, where you may feel that you have to be everywhere at once. Not so; it's far more effective to focus on just one or two social media channels to start with (eg Facebook and Twitter) and to wait on the others until you start to see real results from your original efforts. Each social media channel has its own quirks and is best suited to a different type of content—trying to do the same thing with each of them is a recipe for disaster. Do a couple, but do them well.

7. Not Understanding What Worked

A failure to use or properly understand analytics and metrics is a key mistake in digital marketing, especially for small-medium companies. What use is it to have seen an increase in sales, but to not understand where it came from, or what you did right, so that you can replicate that in future? As your digital marketing strategy grows, it's easy to become bogged down in data, but you don't need to over-analyze every little thing. That said, you should be keeping a constant eye on the metrics which affect your bottom line, and you should be learning from these results and regularly tweaking your efforts as you go along. [post_title] => 7 Digital Marketing Mistakes to Avoid [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => 7-digital-marketing-mistakes-avoid [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-23 14:01:44 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-23 14:01:44 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=6520 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [31] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6526 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2016-02-19 06:33:09 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-02-19 06:33:09 [post_content] => We all know how important good, useful, relevant content is to a business' digital marketing efforts, but consistently producing high quality content is a challenge for even the best writer or strategist. Sometimes, you'll find yourself staring at a blank page, with a mind at least as blank. Fortunately, there are some very quick and easy ways you can generate ideas for excellent content. Next time you find yourself stuck, try some of these suggestions:

1. Answering Questions

If you're lucky, you'll already have a pool of commonly asked questions your company receives about your product or service. Could you compile these into an FAQ post, or pick out one of them and expand on it in greater depth? If you've already done this, and have run out of questions, it's time to mine other people's brains. Sites such as Quora can be a huge help here. If you browse through categories related to your product or service, you will find dozens of real people asking real questions, many of which you could use to create insightful and useful content for your customers.

2. Turn to Twitter

All social media channels can be useful for identifying content ideas, but if you're in a hurry it's hard to beat Twitter. There are a several ways to leverage Twitter for this. a) Scan the trending topics. Is there something currently newsworthy which you can spin to apply to your own area of expertise? Can you link information of insight about your product or service to something which is currently a hot topic? b) Use the powerful Twitter search feature to look for issues or questions related to your field. For instance, if you are in the hiking business, you could search for things like "do hikers" or "can hikers" or "how should hikers". Think creatively with your search terms and you can unearth some real gems. c) Search for a tweetchat related to your topic—these often involve a lot of questions and answers, and controversial opinion points which you could turn into your own content. d) Play around with possible hashtags for your market and see what you can find.

3. Read Amazon Reviews

Amazon reviews are a fabulous source of content ideas. Simply search for popular books or products in your field, and trawl through some of the reviews. You will usually find people complaining about how that particular book or product didn't meet their needs because of such and such a problem—this is market research handed to you on a plate, and will give you ideas for content based around solving those problems your audience care about most. You see how problem-solving for your customers is a recurring theme here? That's because this is exactly the kind of content your customers want.

4. Ask Your Customers!

Don't overlook this simple possibility. It might not help when you need to produce some good content quickly, but it never hurts to periodically ask your audience what they would like to see you provide for them. Social media channels are a great way to open up this kind of conversation. Some of the answers you get will be totally impractical, but there are sure to be some great ideas you hadn't thought of before.

5. Make a List Post

List posts are always popular, because they're both interesting and fun. Can you curate a piece of content which draws together the ten best books in your field, or the top 20 ways people are innovatively using your product? List posts take quite some time to produce if done well, but they typically perform well and thus are well worth the investment of your time. Having a good editorial calendar will help to prevent sudden content blanks, but these easy techniques are sure to turn up some ideas when you're strapped for time and need to create something genuinely useful, quickly. [post_title] => 5 Easy Ways to Generate Content Ideas [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => 5-easy-ways-generate-content-ideas [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2016-02-19 06:33:09 [post_modified_gmt] => 2016-02-19 06:33:09 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=6526 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [32] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6645 [post_author] => 9 [post_date] => 2016-02-18 16:50:25 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-02-18 16:50:25 [post_content] => Almost every aspect of any digital business initiative is moving towards digitalization. Thus, everyone, including established or non-established marketer focuses more on online marketing. And to make their brand successful and famous, the social media plays a key role in the online marketing mix. Being a conscious online marketer, you need to plan your online tactic in advance. The Social Media Marketing Strategy is achievable, but it’s not a short term process. Initially, it takes months of sheer hard work to bring traffic or establish your brand on digital platform. The time consistency determines the future that how it is going to generate revenue for your products. But again, if you want to get everything as instantly as you wish in your mind, then it is impossible –particularly for the small business or traders. social-media-strategy

Patience and Active Participation Works Wonder on Social Media

Everyone wishes to see his social media strategy successful, however, very few gets it done successfully. The reasons behind a large number of companies or brands having no recognitions on in the digital marketing are as follows. Well, let’s create a Tagline line now.

To get the best idea about picking up the online platform is the essential one

For example, if you are selling products on Facebook for the age group of above 50. Do you think that it is going to help you any more? Of course not, you will have to return bare foot or have to bite dust. You will have to find a place where you can make your products reach to the interested and right audience.

Effective Content Planning

Your content is something that lets your audiences stay on the page and compels them to buy the brand or products. There are some proper content planning for different platform, such as Twitter, Facebook, Linked.In and others. As said in the past, a social media digital agency would be able to help with Content Planning. Let’s understand in detail, on Twitter, you have to write something catchier within 115 characters. Then comes the image or video; this is seen that people get attracted towards the image or video more than anything else and retweet or share them. On the other side, on Facebook, you need to make your content visually effective and Keep the Tagline short and valuable within 40 characters. Similarly, you have to plan differently for the Instagram, Linkedin, YouTube and others. Your promptness, actively participation and timing of the post on various Social Sites do matter the most. For example, at least 3 tweets on the Twitter, 2 posts on Facebook, Linked.In, 3 on G+, 5 pins on Pinterest and 1 on Instagram a day is necessary.

Review and Measurement Can Work Wonder

Last but not the least; you must keep your post tracked time to time. You can evaluate your performance on the different social sites. Moreover, you should have the idea of your audience gathering –their timing when they are active on the various Social Media. Try to read their mind and offer them what they seek from you. Keep the record noted and work on your weaker section. In Short, you can explore more as, you are at the place where sky is the limit. Day in day out, you get something new to explore, and this will continue till the Social Media ends. Nevertheless, the tips I have shared with you, I am sure, will stand by your expectations. Do share your new evolutions and experiment on Social Media Strategy with me in the comment! I appreciate the new and taunting ideas of my loyal readers. Moreover, the more you work hard at the initial stage, the more you can create the revenue in the future. This is the most popular way of bringing your brand in the eye of people. If you are really serious about taking your brand, blog, website or other social pages trafficked or sharable, you are supposed to implement your plan accordingly. Various different brands, pages and website have different ways of making them famous. First of all, if possible, hire a professional Social Media Expert and discuss your plan to tackle the various issues together. At the same time, look at the effective points that I have described below. Let’s understand together, how a good and successful Social Media Strategy can help you to establish your brand and bring traffic.

Recognize Your Target Audience and Set Your Goals & Objective Accordingly

This is, of course the most essential and phenomenal step that one should take in very beginning of planning their social media strategy. You must set up your goals and objective in the very opening before you take the further steps. Be specific and clear with your objectives that you have to achieve within the time frame.

Target Audience:

You must recognize your audience and plan everything relevant to them. And, to recognise your audience, the Key Performance Indicator (KPI) will help you. You can use Google Analytics and other infographics to refine the KPI and understand mindset of your audience.

Set Up the Product/Brand Based Tag Line & Punch Line and Choose the Platform

Tagline or Punch Line is the main USP of the products, brand or any website. It should be compelling so that it will not only attract the audience or customers, rather make your products selling. You must define the Tagline/Punch line with your audience point of view, not yours. Here’s some of the unique and effective suggestion that you should keep in mind while making Tagline/Punch Line: [post_title] => Social Media Strategy: You Can Foresee & Refine Business Goals [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => social-media-strategy-you-can-foresee-refine-business-goals [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2018-08-15 17:43:25 [post_modified_gmt] => 2018-08-15 17:43:25 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=6645 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [33] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6615 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2016-02-12 14:06:21 [post_date_gmt] => 2016-02-12 14:06:21 [post_content] => If you're a small business, you've probably seen ads for Wix, Weebly, Squarespace and other DIY site builders. Sounds attractive, huh? You can build a good looking website in less than an hour, for free—what's not to love? Nothing, if you just want a free website. Go for it. However, that's not what most small businesses want. What you really want—and need—is a web presence that attracts more customers, more sales, better brand awareness, and (ultimately) more income. The website is just a tool to hopefully get those things, and this is where Wix, Weebly and the others start to show so serious flaws. Here are just a few reasons why you'd be better off hiring a local Fort Lauderdale web design company instead of entrusting your company's future to a free service.

1. A Unique Design - Just Like Everyone Else's

Websites built with DIY website builders are, by definition, not unique. Yes, each of these providers has a couple of hundred templates, but they also claim millions of users, so you do the math. The finished website may look OK, but it's certainly not unique. Doesn't your business deserve its own identity and branding?

2. Limited Optimization

The amount of useful SEO you can do with a free package varies, but it's never possible to optimize a DIY site as well as a professionally designed website can be optimized. Good SEO and website optimization is essential if you want to be found by Google and other major search engines. Typically, sites from Wix, Weebly, and others do not rank as well as sites produced by professionals.

3. Poor Analytics

When you choose a Fort Lauderdale web design company, you're buying into a team of experts who will use the latest analytics tools to continually assess your website's performance. These tools will help us to improve bounce rates, and to spot which areas of the website work best and which need tweaking. We can constantly monitor your traffic, with the end purpose of driving your bottom line. A free website, on the other hand, often doesn't give access to even basic traffic statistics until you upgrade, and then the statistics are limited or may be based on outdated algorithms.

4. Advertisements and Clunky URLs

Unless you upgrade to get your own domain name, you're stuck with a homepage like wix.com/yourcompanyname—it's just unprofessional. On free plans, DIY builders may also place advertisements across your website, or at the bottom of pages. Again, it just looks as if your business is not a serious player.

5. Ongoing Costs

As I've mentioned, the most basic free plans are simply not suitable for a growing business. If you upgrade, it starts to get quite expensive, pretty quickly. You may end up paying $50/month for your "free" website—forever. By contrast, when you choose a Fort Lauderdale web design company, there will be an initial cost to design and develop your website, but you won't be stuck paying out month after month.

6. Lack of Portability

What happens if your business outgrows Wix, Weebly or the others? What if you need tools and options which aren't available there? Then you'll have to start from scratch. With a professionally designed website, however, your site will be fully scalable and you won't have to start over with a brand new look every time you need to incorporate a new functionality.

7. Lack of Professional Advice

This is perhaps the biggest drawback to Wix and Weebly, and the biggest advantage of using a Fort Lauderdale web design company instead. Although you get basic technical support from the DIY companies, you don't get professional internet marketing advice. We can help you with branding, your marketing message, conversion points, social media and the rest, rather than just telling you how to move your picture from one page to the next. Your business is your future –it's worth more than an hour of your time and a few dollars a month. For a professional website which not only looks good but actually outperforms the competition, all while contributing to your bottom line, choose a professional design company which will grow with you, advise you, and create something which will stand the test of time. [post_title] => 7 Reasons to Avoid Wix and Weebly [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => 7-reasons-avoid-wix-weebly [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-25 02:04:49 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-25 02:04:49 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=6615 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [34] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6522 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2015-12-08 10:30:53 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-12-08 10:30:53 [post_content] => With every passing year, as new companies, technologies, hardware and user preferences emerge, the digital marketing landscape changes and evolves, sometimes quite dramatically. In order to stay ahead of the curve, digital marketers must be prepared to be early adopters of these new marketing possibilities. Major corporations will already be spending millions on upcoming trends; while that kind of investment remains out of reach for small to medium enterprises until the technologies mature, it's still worth knowing which way the wind is blowing--here's our guide to some significant digital marketing trends to watch in 2016.

The Domination of Mobile

This past year has been a “Really Big Year” for mobile, with mobile traffic outdoing desktop traffic across ten countries. Google's mobile algorithm update, phasing out sites which aren't optimized for mobile, was further confirmation, if confirmation were needed, that mobile sites are here to stay (or are they? See #2; we live in exciting times!). There is no reason to think that the increasing usage of mobile devices will decline in any way in 2016; if you're not already on board with mobile optimization, you need to come out from under that rock now, before it's too late.

The Rise of Apps

Apps, of course, are nothing new. However, now that Google is increasing the complexity and nuances of its ranking of apps, 2016 should see an explosion of apps for individual businesses. There's very little your mobile-friendly website can do which an app can't do too, often better and with that bit more punch and panache. Eventually, it wouldn't be surprising to see mobile-friendly websites being phased out in favor of apps. We're not quite there yet, but 2016 should be an important year during which more and more business owners recognize the benefits of creating an app for their customers.

Video Marketing Comes of Age

As Google introduces in-SERP video advertising, video has never been more important to your digital marketing strategy. It's been known for some time that video is one of the most engaging and arresting way of communicating with your customers, so 2016 should see many more small-medium sized enterprises dipping their toes into video marketing.

Virtual Reality: Here to Stay This Time?

Virtual reality has had a checkered history when it comes to actual adoption by the everyday man in the street. However, early 2016 sees the release of Facebook's Oculus Rift, which could well be the game changer which sends virtual reality mainstream at last. If the Oculus Rift and other devices, such as Sony's VR headset, do well, then this opens up a whole new world for savvy digital marketers to mine. It could end up being just another niche product or a fad—after all, VR has failed before—but with billions of dollars of investment behind these products, 2016 could perhaps turn out to be the year when virtual reality becomes a reality for marketers too.

The Internet of Things

The IoT is the concept of everyday items—your watch, your refrigerator, you air conditioner, your car—all being "online" and able to share and use data. Adoption of wearable technology is estimated to reach 26% during 2016, and the IoT is fast becoming a reality. This creates a whole new set of possibilities for digital marketers, who will be able to use data about people's lifestyles, habits and likes in a way never before possible. Expect 2016 to hold some interesting developments in this area.

Content Still Matters

If you're reading all this and thinking "great...but this all looks very expensive!" hang in there. Aside from creating apps and videos, getting to grips with all the possibilities and developing a whole new VR strategy, there's one simple thing brands still need to do to get ahead, and that's to continue to create valuable, useful, engaging content for their consumers. Statistics released by the Content Marketing Institute reveal that 80% of business decision makers would rather get their information from articles than from advertising. Meanwhile, 90% of consumers find good content useful, and nearly 80% believe that it shows that the company is interested in them and their needs, with a similar figure stating that it leaves them with a good impression of the brand. As the bells and whistles advance apace, customers are still grounded enough to want useful content, and will no doubt continue to reward companies that provide it for them. [post_title] => Digital Marketing Trends to Watch in 2016 [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [post_password] => [post_name] => digital-marketing-trends-watch-2016 [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-27 14:34:44 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-27 14:34:44 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=6522 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [35] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6390 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2015-11-19 16:52:04 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-11-19 16:52:04 [post_content] => An editorial calendar, sometimes called a content calendar, is a calendar of what content you are going to publish on your site or blog or social media, and when. Since building your brand relies so heavily on social media and online engagement, you already know that it's vital that you create or curate high quality content on a regular basis. An editorial calendar is a simple way to help you manage this process. Editorial calendars can be as old school as a few pages of your notebook, or as digital as you’d like: project management tools like Asana and Coschedule are excellent for this purpose, but you can also use Excel or Google Sheets, or even Google Calendar. And why should you bother? Well...

1. Wipe Out Writer's Block and Clear Confusion With an Editorial Calendar

You know you need to say something, but what should you write? What has everyone else on the team written lately? Have you already covered this topic this year? With an editorial calendar, your blog posts, marketing campaigns, and social media engagements are mapped out ahead of time, so you won't need to waste time scratching your head or going back through the archives.

2. Incorporate Important Events, Launches, and Holidays

If you want a good Christmas campaign, for example, you're going to have to start to plan it early. Maybe your company has an anniversary coming up which you should make the most of, or perhaps you'll need to do a lot of promotion around a new product launch later in the year. An editorial calendar takes the headache out of trying to remember and juggle competing dates, easily enabling you to schedule content that maximizes (what will then be) current events.

3. Grow Your Audience with Consistent Content

Regularly published, fresh content is an important part of growing your audience, and audiences love reliability. It doesn't matter how often you post, whether it's once a fortnight or every day, but customers will come to expect consistency that from you. With an editorial calendar, you won't risk missing posts because you can't come up with ideas, and you can also easily develop themed days of the week or month.

4. Engage Your Audience with Better Presentation

With your content planned well in advance, you'll have more time to make it more engaging and potentially more shareable. Gather impactful pictures to use or video clips to boost its viral appeal; re-editing content to sharpen the voice also becomes much more doable when you're not writing it at the last minute.

5. Focus on Your Customers' Key Needs

An editorial calendar will help you to schedule series of blog posts or other content which revolve around one particular customer need. This will increase your customer loyalty and perceived value, and it also makes the task of writing the content that much easier too, when you have a predefined framework in mind.

6. Keep Track of Where You've Been

After a while, your editorial calendar will become an invaluable reference tool for the past, as well as the future. What topics did you cover last Christmas? Have you already done a series of content centered on a given theme? It's quick and easy to look these things up, turning your content provision into a much more efficient affair.

7. Gain Genuinely Useful and Actionable Insights

When combined with your analytics, the editorial calendar really comes into its own. That spike of traffic last week—did it coincide with a particular blog post? Did you get more conversions during one kind of Twitter campaign or another? Look back and see what kinds of content were most engaged with; can you follow up or expand on that content to leverage it more? Whatever your business model, if you need to produce content for your customers and for social media, you'll benefit from the organization and streamlining an editorial calendar provides. Remember, though, it's a guide, not a straitjacket—so you can always move things around on the calendar to accommodate anything unforeseen or a new brilliant idea—but it's a guide that will prove invaluable as your business grows and your customer engagement soars. [post_title] => 7 Reasons You Should Have an Editorial Calendar [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => 7-reasons-you-should-have-an-editorial-calendar [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2015-11-19 16:52:04 [post_modified_gmt] => 2015-11-19 16:52:04 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=6390 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [36] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6386 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2015-10-24 20:51:44 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-10-24 20:51:44 [post_content] => Many people today are wondering, "What are the benefits of SEO services?" There are a number of ways that a business can benefit from professional SEO services. Below is a list of some of those benefits:

Improve Your Website

Search engine optimization is important for websites. Regardless of the type of industry you are in, you have competition. EVERYONE HAS COMPETITION. If your website is ranked at the top of search results, then this is one of the ways that you will be able to improve your website. On the other hand, your business will not get the exposure that it needs without SEO. That is why it is essential to have a website that is SEO-optimized. A professional SEO company can help you increase exposure to your business without spending a lot of money on other marketing tactics. Your SEO team can also improve your website on an ongoing basis. Monitor rankings and find more search terms we can start ranking more that otherwise weren't thought of thus increasing the size of your "fishing net." If more people visit your website, then this will help your business grow. Therefore, professional SEO services can help you generate more revenue for your business.

Professionals Are Fluent In SEO

SEO can be difficult to understand. In order to ensure that a website is search engine-optimized, you will have to understand keyword cannibalization, landing pages, bounce rates and latent semantic indexing. Not only do you have to understand the language of SEO, but you also have to understand how SEO works. Many people believe that they are experts in SEO because they have read many blogs and articles about it. However, most blogs and articles only outline the basics of SEO. That is why it is best to turn to a professional SEO company. Experts are fluent in SEO. They know how to create a solid SEO plan in order to ensure that your website ranks high in the search engines. Today mixed media like video, graphics, as well as fresh and unique content are all pieces to a successful SEO game plan.

Faster Results

Not only will you be able to get better results with a SEO company, but you will also be able to get faster results. A professional has the tools necessary for getting you the best results in the shortest amount of time. They can also develop a SEO plan that will help you stay within your set budget. Many business owners today are wondering, "What are the benefits of SEO services?" SEO services can help you improve your website. A professional SEO company is also fluent in SEO. Additionally, you will be able to get faster results if you hire a professional SEO company. Another way to get faster results in your SEO efforts to add on social media services. Google now takes into accounts businesses that are active on social media and can help with closing clients who are investigating your business. [post_title] => What Are The Benefits of Seo Services? [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => what-are-the-benefits-of-seo-services [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-27 14:35:00 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-27 14:35:00 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=6386 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [37] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6334 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2015-10-05 15:37:03 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-10-05 15:37:03 [post_content] => A storm emerges every year right around the time Halloween has ended and Christmas music starts getting played on the radio, a storm we like to call shopping season. Since the advent of Black Friday, consumers have become programmed to start shopping earlier every year. Now that October has arrived it's the perfect time to make sure your website and social media platforms are optimized for holiday traffic. This year you'll want to have everything ready by the time the first buyers begin browsing online, here's how:

1. Make Sure Your eCommerce Is Secure

Online shopping has continued to rise in popularity over the years due largely to its convenience and savings. The problem for many smaller websites is their inability to make the customer feel secure in making online transactions. To avoid lost sales make sure that your entire site is secure (SSL compliant). secured ecommerce websites

2. Implement A Design That Reflects The Holiday Season

Shopping during the holiday season has just as much to do with immersing ourselves in the holiday experience, as it does actually purchasing merchandise. Before we could shop online our annual tradition has always been to shop in large box stores where the décor is laced with Christmas lights and feel-good music. In order to activate the nostalgia of your buyers, it's important you offer the same holiday experience on your website. Subconsciously buyers sense the potential for holiday sales when businesses take the time to convert their storefronts to match the season. holiday themed designs can help boost sales

3. Switch To A Mobile Layout

The largest shift we've been witnessing in the online space is the amount of users who have gone from using mobile and desktop, to mobile-only. Data has shown that the amount of mobile-only shoppers is above or nearing 50 percent for top retailers. Many websites stand to miss out on some serious business this holiday season if those users have trouble navigating their website. Not to mention, websites who haven't made the switch are also getting penalized in Google's search results.

4. Test Your Site's Speed

The importance here cannot be stressed enough. According to KissMetrics, 40% of people abandon a website that takes more than 3 seconds to load. Shopping can feel pressured enough as it is, having the extra anxiety of a page not loading is terrible for business. To improve the speed of your site head over to GTmetrix to detect where your site might be bottle necking. site speed matters to buyers

5. Host Black Friday and Cyber Monday Deals

Prior to the arrival of the two most popular shopping days on the planet, ramp up to these events by announcing deals weeks before people are ready to shop. Have them download discount codes and coupons as reminders. A good way to prepare your audience is displaying these deals as banners on Social Media so every time someone visits your page they'll be reminded of the upcoming sale.

6. Contact Your Web Host To See How Your Site Is Handling Traffic

It's a good idea to check up with your web host on a regular basis to see how well your site is handling traffic. Most sites that are hosted on a shared server are estimated to handle 30,000-40,000 unique visits a month. If you're nearing the edge of your bandwidth it's incredibly wise to upgrade during the holiday season to avoid bouncing visitors who could be ready to make purchases.

7. Make Products Easily Shareable on Social Media

Your customers have a lot to offer on the marketing end of the business. People still rely on word of mouth when it comes to gift recommendations, and if you allow your customers to share your gifts on Social Media as recommendations their friends are likely to add the gift to their list. shareable ecommerce products

8. Get On Pinterest and Make It Your Social Priority

More than any other Social Media network, Pinterest is all about creating boards that cater to shopping. By adding Pin It buttons to your photos you're also allowing users to add your items to their own boards. You can also implement Rich Pins, which automatically add important information like the item's description, price and availability. Rich Pin's is also great for keeping a customer interested in a product with their Gift category feed; a feature that notifies a user who pinned an item that has since [post_title] => 8 Tips To Prepare Your Business For The Holiday Season [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => 8-tips-to-prepare-your-business-for-the-holiday-season [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-27 14:35:12 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-27 14:35:12 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=6334 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [38] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6200 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2015-08-26 17:43:54 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-08-26 17:43:54 [post_content] => Although Instagram began testing out the implementation of ads a year and a half ago, many of us haven't begun to notice until the last couple of months. Instagram's goal has continuously been to, “design an advertising experience that feels native to the platform,” which means a lot more than a company creating a profile and posting cool pictures. Instagram has taken their applications interface, and developed a series of four native-looking formats to drive action from the application, right to the advertisers door-step, figuratively speaking. Sponsored post formats will eventually be inclusive of buttons located in the lower right corner, including ones that say: Shop Now, Install now, Sign Up, and Learn More. instagram instagram2 For the time being, however, Instagram switched on an API starting August 4th that now allows advertisers to use third-party platforms like Saleforce and Brand Networks to buy and schedule their own ad campaigns. This move is essentially widening the access to many more companies for the first time. Before now, Instagram was only working with a few hand-selected companies in order to test out the effect it would have on its user base. Ads aren't sexy when intermingled with social media platforms, and so Instagram has definitely taken the time to make the intrusion look as native as possible. Debbie Williamson, eMarketer's principal analyst, believes that: “People are going to see more ads but I don't think they're going to see a lot more ads. They are just going to see different types of advertisers and ads.” What Williamson thinks could suffer now that the gates have been opened is the quality of the ads. In the past, Instagram would work directly with the advertisers to create effective and interesting advertisements. It will now be up to the general public to keep the trend up, which in all probability is not going to be the case. Despite these worries, the potential to earn revenue has been projected higher than even Google and Twitter. By 2017, eMarketer has predicted Instagram will rake in $2.81 Billion worldwide. This year alone at the advent of their advertisements the mobile app is expected to top $595 million.

Why All Of This Is Actually Significant

Some critics have argued that Instagram's change in API isn't anything monumentally different than what Facebook and Twitter have done in the past. However, the numbers in 2015 have begun to paint a different picture:

What's Currently Available

As more brands look to tap into the new API through third party ad agencies, Instagram recommends experimenting with carousel ads. Compared to the standard post, carousel-ads allow brands to tell a story through a sequence of four photos. This has been shown to deepen engagement, while also providing a click-able link to a product or service. The additional benefit is allowing those who aren't interested in the ad to keep scrolling if the first photo doesn't peak their interest. Slowly but surely this feature should make itself available to everyone looking to run ads, but for the time being the release is still limited.

The Big Umbrella

Back on April 9th, 2012 Facebook acquired Instagram for $1Billion ($300 million cash, the rest in Facebook stock). The move was highly criticized as a massive over-expenditure as Instagram hadn't even acquired 50 million users yet, but as we look back the move couldn't have been wiser. Facebook now has the most integrated social network in the world, and all that money spent on the investment is looking to be made back by 2020. Even though many felt it was only a matter of time before the ads inevitably arrived, the move has been slow and silent. As mobile usage steadily surpasses desktop, mobile ads are now the main focus of advertisers. At the forefront of an open API, take the time to get acquainted with Instagram's ad opportunities as they're certainly looking to be the next big thing. [post_title] => The Infiltration Of Advertisements On Instagram [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => the-infiltration-of-advertisements-on-instagram [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2015-08-26 17:43:54 [post_modified_gmt] => 2015-08-26 17:43:54 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=6200 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [39] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6189 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2015-08-26 17:12:49 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-08-26 17:12:49 [post_content] => While there is an abundance of additional social media sites that can be used very effectively for your business, many high-ranking blogs agree that Facebook, Twitter and Instagram tend to be the most popular in 2015. All three of the platforms are heavily-used on mobile devices, and for that reason, are especially important to analyze in terms of social metrics. Likes, comments and shares are the most visible and intuitive way to perceive how well your posts are performing, but what about the data you can't see? Things like: All are just a few examples of how analytic applications can help you refine and grow the extent of your social media campaign's reach. The following will be broken down into apps available for all, or individual platforms.

Hootsuite (Available for all 3)

Known by many entrepreneurs as the premiere dashboard available for social media analytics, Hootsuite has just recently roped Instagram into the mix, allowing the user (Or team of users) to access an entire company's social media platforms under one roof. hootsuite The main dashboard can be accessed via desktop, or right on your mobile device or tablet. Perhaps what makes it so powerful is the ability to construct posts that will run across all three platforms, and then get to analyze which did better and why.

Notable highlights of Hootsuite's Analytics:

Crowdfire (Twitter and Instagram)

One of the distinguishing differences between Facebook and Twitter/Instagram is the heavy emphasis on followers. On Facebook your business page can't really be active in following other business pages, it's up to you as an individual user to “Like” other pages. In the TwitterGram world, you'll begin to notice fluctuation in followers. This might be because when you're tired of seeing someone's posts you can't hide the posts without unfollowing them, and often times people will unfollow if you don't follow them back. But how do you know?crowdfire Crowdfire is built for that exact purpose, with rapid-fire tools to drop people who don't follow you, and gain new followers by tapping into accounts with similar content.

Notable highlights in Crowdfire:

Page Manager Insights (Facebook)

In conjunction with the desktop version of Facebook's insights, your company should consider downloading Facebook's mobile version which comes equipped with push-notifications that will hep you engage with your audience at a moment's notice. facebook insights

Notable highlight of Insights:

[post_title] => The Best Analytic Apps For Your Businesses' Social Media Strategy [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => the-best-analytic-apps-for-your-businesses-social-media-strategy [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-22 17:45:01 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-22 17:45:01 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=6189 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [40] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6178 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2015-08-21 01:12:24 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-08-21 01:12:24 [post_content] => In Google we trust: A statement, if seen on American currency, would almost seem too natural to be counterfeit. Since it's founding on September 4th, 1998 the technology company has gone from a basic search engine, to one of the most influential enterprises in the history of humanity. google-money As we pioneer the next phases of global interconnectivity, one aspect of search engine results remains dominant, and that is what keywords our webpages are able to rank for. Keywords can be viewed as the medium through which the human population expresses their desires. Anytime we seek knowledge, food, directions, photos, anything, we rely on their platform to draw a conclusion. Keywords nowadays can come at a high price, especially once they're ranked within the top 1,000 phrases searched on Google. For the purposes of this study, we're focusing on how the top 100 are broken down into categories, phrases, even how keywords are searched regionally, to demonstrate why these prestigious search terms come at such a pretty penny.

It's Pays To Be Legal

This probably won't come as a shock, but 78% of the most expensive keywords are related to legal queries. The United States has the most laws built into our legal code than anywhere else in the world. With so many laws it only makes sense we have a calamity of searches geared towards finding legal counsel. The top ten most expensive keyword searches are as follows: A resounding 9/10 are directly tied to people seeking legal help, 7 of which are also related to injuries/accidents. Thus, when it comes to having a webpage seen in the top search page results for Google, the first ads you see for 'San Antonio car wreck attorney' are paying a maximum per day of $670.44 to have their websites appear first; the ad space is just that valuable. (See image below) To learn more about how Adwords are actually billed in terms of CPC (Cost-per-click), CPI (Cost-per-impression), or CPA (Cost-per-aquisition), we advise heading straight to Google's breakdown.


Location, Location... Warm Locations

Location is everything when it comes to, well, everything. In the case of the most expensive Adwords the cities with the warmest weather have dominated the top 100 in 2015. Places like Los Angeles, Dallas, Orlando and Honolulu all have thriving competition in the quest to getting ad space. The bridge between warm locations and expensive keywords may also have to do with how people choose to congregate in these locations. Everyone wants to live somewhere nice, which typically leads to overcrowding and a lot of people creating accidents, apparently. Much like the top ten terms, 11-50 were laced with legal-related terms, in warm and large cities. (See Below, highlights refer to a location based search) (Image Source) google-top-100-keywords

Think Phrases, Not Just Individual Words

Looking at the top 1-100 most expensive 'keywords', not a single one of them consists of just one word. The shortest of the entire bunch is “offshore layers”, a term that could not be more ambiguous unless it were to read 'interstellar lawyers'. The point here is specificity. It's not necessarily what you do that matters, but how people are trying to find out. Everything within the top 100 relates to something brief, yet very targeted. If someone were to Google “lawyer” the results are more based in definition, than anything that would possibly help a law firm based in San Antonio. (See Below) lawyer-google-search Therefore, the goal isn't necessarily to key on a phrase that is over-saturated, but to find a phrase that lacks competition, and is worth the cost-per-clicks. Sometimes this could mean selecting one that only gets twenty hits a day, but ends up pulling a strong percentage of those hits into acquisitions. Adwords members are finding that even the lowest hits can equal expensive pricing for this reason. These trends only represent a fraction of the diversity is Adwords, but the principles align across any industry: Location, service and phrasing. Once you can determine how to point to your business based on what you do, where you do it, and how people are trying to find it you'll be ready to start implementing ads. most expensive keywords [post_title] => Google's 100 Most Expensive Keywords in 2015 [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => googles-100-most-expensive-keywords-in-2015 [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2015-08-21 01:12:24 [post_modified_gmt] => 2015-08-21 01:12:24 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=6178 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [41] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6171 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2015-08-21 00:38:07 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-08-21 00:38:07 [post_content] => One of the best tools for anyone managing a social media campaign is Hootsuite, and just recently they have announced Instagram will be supported within the dashboard. As straightforward as social media marketing may seem, the more we do it, the more we realize just how many facets exist to running a successful campaign. Yes, we get it, content is king; to reiterate the most redundant statement online. True success, however, is a lot more than just posting cool content and growing your followers. Next to quality comes consistency, an aspect many small businesses have overlooked on their quest to growth.


Instagram is the fastest-growing social platform on mobile devices in the world.

(Source) With over 300 million users and 40 million photos posted each day, the key to success starts by knowing when and how often your brand should be sharing per week. The challenge for most is actually remembering to do so. Fortunately, the web-gurus at Hootsuite have just rolled out the Instagram version of their software to streamline your success by fully integrating with Instagram's mobile application. Whether you're running your Instagram account alone, or have an entire team ready to divide and conquer, here's how Hootsuite can take your campaign to the next level.

Schedule Your Posts When You Have Time, Not While You Feel Rushed

There's a very sensitive balance to maintain between how often you post, what time you post, and when the majority of your followers tend to be browsing their news feeds. It's very easy for us to plan on posting something at, let's say 8pm, but become distracted once we're home and doing other things. By using time during the work day to establish a content calendar, you're guaranteed to craft and schedule posts more meaningfully. Now that Hootsuite is able to integrate their Dashboard with your mobile device, you can type, hashtag, and build posts directly from your desktop. The one downside people are experiencing has to do with Instagram directly. While you can schedule and build posts from the desktop, you will still need to publish the post from your phone using a push-notification sent from the Hootsuite app. (See image below) hoosuite-mobile

What's Possible With The New Dashboard

Like most dashboards, with Hootsuite you're going to have powerful analytic tools that breaks down all of your activity in order to evaluate which posts are doing the best, and when. The native integration allows Hootsuite users to do the following:

Schedule and Publish Instagram Content

- As mentioned earlier, the process involves two steps, but if you can devote a couple hours on Monday to creating a weeks worth of posts, all you'll have to do each day is wait for the notification and save time throughout the rest of the week.

Monitor and Engage With Your Audience

- Whether you have one, or multiple Instagram accounts, Hootsuite makes it easy to manage all of them in one stream. This is an efficient way to interact with your audience to keep them intrigued in your activity.

Powerful Analytics

- Hootsuite has a powerful analytics feature which can be utilized by accessing the left fly out menu, and selecting 'analytics'. It's here that you can begin crafting personalized reports that track the data that's most important to your company. You can start by using one of Hootsuite's templates, or dive into creating a more advanced report that will require you to purchase “points” to run them. The more you invest in understanding which posts are doing well, and when, the less time you'll have to waste posting content that will ultimately be unsuccessful.

Multiple Logins

- With a business account you'll be able to set-up multiple employees on Hootsuite with their own accounts and passwords in order to divide the content schedule equally. Share Across Platforms- Going back to saving time, a smart move to consider is crafting a post that can run across multiple social media platforms. Hootsuite allows you to build a post, and then schedule it to run across all of your accounts. After you run it, head back to the analytics and compare which platform did the best and adjust for future content.

The Mobile Side Of Things

Instagram has made it very clear the app will continue to require the mobile interface indefinitely. Hootsuite also comes equipped with a mobile application that will allow you to access everything the desktop dashboard does. How has Hootsuite been assisting your business to Instagram success? [post_title] => Streamline Your Instagram Success By Scheduling Posts With Hootsuite [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => streamline-your-instagram-success-by-scheduling-posts-with-hootsuite [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2015-08-21 00:38:07 [post_modified_gmt] => 2015-08-21 00:38:07 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=6171 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [42] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 6148 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2015-08-15 09:00:02 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-08-15 09:00:02 [post_content] =>

The Facebook Video Platform

To most, watching a video on Facebook still feels much more serendipitous than viewing content on YouTube, Vimeo, or anywhere else with a platform designed to search for videos. Like anything on Facebook, users typically rely on what's appearing in their News Feed to discover new content, rather than using specific keywords. Intuitively you might think this puts Facebook at a disadvantage in the marketing world, but the numbers have certainly shown otherwise. Back in January, Facebook reported over 3 Billion video views per day. Put in perspective, YouTube currently receives 7 Billion/Day on average, heading towards 8 Billion by the end of 2015. So why has Facebook suddenly become the hot topic in video marketing? And is the platform truly worth your video marketing investment? We certainly think so, but here are the reasons backing up all the hype.

Massive Algorithm Changes

Algorithms are human's infantile attempts at replicating consciousness. For instance, in the past year I'm sure you've noticed how often Google suggests exactly what you wanted to look for. facebook-algorithm Algorithms are insanely complex, and are products of limitless data. YOUR DATA. By developing codes based on how we interact online, websites like Facebook are able to shift their platforms to emphasize the content people want to see. Perhaps the first major shift was back in 2013, when Facebook rolled out Auto-Playing videos. As you can see from the graph below, there was a major spike in video views right around November of that year. facebook-vs-youtube Another significant change was how much attention Facebook has given the videos uploaded directly to the site. Videos are now more visible than photos, status updates, and considerably more than any other outside links. That means of content that gets posted, you'll be seeing videos the most. Coincidentally, Facebook also decided to update their algorithms to where links to YouTube are practically non-existent in the News Feed. A move that was clearly defining a new competition between the two media giants.

Social Sharing Power

It's quite evident how powerful social sharing is just looking at how YouTube's view counts dropped when Facebook cut them out of the picture. Facebook has a major advantage when it comes to video sharing now that they no longer need third parties to host content. The graph below shows the point at which video shares on Facebook began to pass the shares of YouTube links. facebook-video-shares Beyond just eliminating the competition, Facebook has already had the sharing power all along. We discover content primarily from the people we connect with. YouTube has suggested videos, and links directly to Google+, but it's no secret Google+ does not have the same social obsession that the world has with Facebook. So when it comes down to getting your brand's video noticed by the right people, what better way than to get it onto a platform where you can directly identify with people's interests and social groups?

Mobile Advantage

Sheryl Sandberg, Facebook's co-founder, pointed out in relation to Faebook's 3 billion views/day: “Today, over 50 percent of people in the U.S. Who come to Facebook daily watch at least one video per day, and globally, over 65 percent of Facebook video views occur on mobile.” Even without auto-play enabled, watching a video on Facebook is entirely easier and faster than opening a third-party app to view the link. It all happens with the tap of a button. Facebook videos even look like videos, whereas, the surviving links to YouTube look more like an article. embed-facebook-video

Facebook Videos Can Also Be Embedded

In March, Facebook really drove the deal home when they announced users can now embed Facebook videos into blogs and websites just like you can with YouTube. Prior to this announcement it seemed that YouTube still had an advantage with the pliability of their videos, as most people need to have their videos present in their writings and portfolios. The technical basis for a move like this is just another indication Facebook wants to be in a top contender for your content.

In Conclusion: Is YouTube Out?

Absolutely not. YouTube has been around far too long, and has far too many views and videos built into it, to think Facebook is going to start making the 2nd Largest search engine in the world irrelevant. At the time being, consider uploading to both platforms and seeing which produces the best results. [post_title] => Facebook's Native Video Is Thriving [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => facebooks-native-video-is-thriving [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2015-08-15 09:00:02 [post_modified_gmt] => 2015-08-15 09:00:02 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=6148 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [43] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 5750 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2015-06-01 10:00:20 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-06-01 10:00:20 [post_content] =>

Social Media for Customer Service

Social media can be an extremely beneficial tool for your business. It can help you spread your message, find new customers, spread your marketing campaigns, and much more. However, social media can also be used to improve your client and customer relationships. Relationship building and customer satisfaction is an important part of ensuring your business provides the best possible user experience. In this post we’re going to dive into a few ways you can use your current social media handles to build new, or deepen current relationships with your customers.

Create New Conversations

Most social media platforms give you the ability to create groups, which can help to position you as a leader in your field. By creating a group and inviting leaders in your field to join, you can answer their questions and discover their most pressing needs. Often, by providing this much value up front you’ll have new clients reaching out to you for your expertise. You can even use the status update feature to gain insight into new product or service offerings you’re thinking of implementing. This will help your customers feel like part of your business, and you’ll be able to validate your new idea rather quickly.

Customer Services Responses

If you don’t have an integrated platform to handle customer service requests, then you can use social media platforms, such as, Facebook or Twitter to handle these responses. This will be able to help you answer customer service requests the moment they arise. Some companies ever have separate social media handles that will process all of their requests. You can also utilize these networks to quickly fix and complaints or issues that might arise with your company or service. Sometimes, a simple sorry will go a long way.

Give To Your Community

The instant interaction features that social media networks provide give you the perfect way to give back to your community. For instance, when a user buys a product from you, you can issue a simple thank you. The little things that make your customer feel special will go a long way. You can even run campaigns that highlight customer success stories. These stories will benefit the customer, as it will make them feel loved and appreciated. And it will benefit your business, as your follower will be able to see that what you’re selling or offering actually works. Make your community and previous customers feel loved and understood, and they’ll come back time and time again. An effective social media strategy will encompass more than simply promoting your content to gain new followers. Social media can be used in creative ways to grow relationships, create new leads, and ensure your business will continue to flourish for years to come. [post_title] => How To Use Social Media To Improve Customer Relationships [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => how-to-use-social-media-to-improve-customer-relationships [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2015-06-01 10:00:20 [post_modified_gmt] => 2015-06-01 10:00:20 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=5750 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [44] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 5727 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2015-05-29 10:45:57 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-05-29 10:45:57 [post_content] => Instagram is one of the hottest social media networks, and it shows no signs of slowing down. If you’ve been thinking about ramping up your Instagram marketing strategy then now is the time to start. We’re going to take a look at some of the most effective methods for building a larger following on this hot new social media platform.

1. Use Hashtag Monitoring

By keeping track of certain hashtags you’ll be able to determine who your ideal Instagram follower is going to be. To get started search for a specific hashtag that you think your users might be interested in. When you find an interesting post, see if the user is worth following. If they have similar interests and an overlap with your business, then they might follow you back. This process is time consuming but it will help you connect with people in your target demographic instead of simply building a large following of unengaged users.

2. Have A Clear Focus

Your Instagram account needs to have a clear focus, just like your business. That means if your Instagram is geared towards gaining followers for your wedding photography company you shouldn’t be sharing photos of your cat, or the last meal you ate. Stay on topic and people will begin to rely on you for providing a specific form of content. Once your followers expect you to post in a certain style, you should stay within this expectation.

3. Launch a Contest

Contests can be a great way to build buzz and gain followers. Who doesn’t love the chance to win free stuff? You can actually partner with another Instagram user that has a large group of followers and co-sponsor a contest. By partnering with a user with a large amount of followers, and making following both brands the entry cost to the contest you’ll start to see your list grow.

4. Keep a Regular Consistent Schedule

Instagram is one of the few networks where people are active all day long. This means you need to maintain a regular posting schedule in order to be at the top of people’s minds. By consistently sharing you’ll be able to reach new followers and ensure that people remain interested in your work for the long haul.

5. Link and Promote to Other Networks

Building a larger following on Instagram isn’t extremely difficult, but it will take time. After all, you need to be providing consistent value or entertainment to your followers in order for them to stick around.

6. If You Can't Handle the Grind

If you or your company are struggling to maintain a regular stream of content production, then consider hiring a social media agency. Talk to us or find someone near you that meets your needs. Stick with the strategies above and you’ll be on your way towards building a larger and more engaged following for the long term. [post_title] => 5 Ways To Get More Followers On Instagram [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => 5-ways-to-get-more-followers-on-instagram [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2018-08-15 17:42:22 [post_modified_gmt] => 2018-08-15 17:42:22 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=5727 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [45] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 5752 [post_author] => 13 [post_date] => 2015-05-28 19:12:08 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-05-28 19:12:08 [post_content] =>

Ad Retargeting Works and How Post-it is Changing the game

Have you ever searched a website for a product and then seen ads for that product on other websites? Or maybe you know someone who is weirded out by the fact that all the ads they see tend to relate to their recent search history. These are called banner retargeting ads. They are all over the web, and can be on nearly every website you encounter. Sometimes, it can get a little annoying.

Ad Retargeting

Retargeting ads work through cookies, and uses a Javascript code to allow for companies to anonymously follow their audiences all over the web. These ads are successful because they make the user focus on something they are already familiar and/or interested in. It ensures that the only users who see these ads are those who have already visited the specific website. The hope is that by constantly seeing ads for a product the user already has an interest in, they will go back to the website and purchase the item.

Changing the game

3M, the creators of Post-It, decided to give retargeting ads a different spin, allowing for users to create their own Post-It notes in an ad. After doing so, whatever the user typed up will follow them around exactly like a typical banner retargeting ad. A user can even click on the ad, which will take them to a page where they can manage, edit, and add more notes. A pretty ingenious way to remind yourself to book a flight or schedule an appointment. This is an innovative marketing strategy on 3M’s part. While the new banner ads are interactive and feel less invasive, 3M is still managing to market their Post-It products to a wide consumer audience, while allowing for it to feel organic in nature. For some, the use of this retargeting ad is the perfect way to keep their reminders in check. But for others, using a physical Post-It note makes more sense. Either way, it’s a win-win strategy for 3M.   View the video for 3M new retargeting banners below: [post_title] => 3M is Changing the Retargeting Game [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => 3m-is-changing-the-retargeting-game [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-22 17:23:26 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-22 17:23:26 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=5752 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [46] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 5713 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2015-05-28 15:36:32 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-05-28 15:36:32 [post_content] => People remember stories. We tell ourselves stories, we read stories, and we tell stories to our friends. Most of our days are spent either creating or consuming stories. There’s no reason our brand should be any different. Stories create emotional experiences, and people remember emotional experiences. By using the power of story to propel your brand you’ll create a company that people remember and talk about. In this post we’re going to look at how you can unlock the power of story for the benefit of your business.

1. Makes Your Brand Stand Out

Most brands are still trying to communicate with facts, and attempt to persuade their users to take action. When you tell a story that allows your user to relate in a new way the next natural step is to take action. People love to share stories. A story can transcend your brand and make your business part of something much larger.

2. Creates An Emotional Experience

People act based upon emotion. You can try to hit your users with facts all day, but it won’t persuade them the same way. A story helps to convey emotion that allows your users to see themselves as part of a story that’s unfolding around them. Stories that create emotion allow your user to see themselves as part of the story.

3. Deepens Your Connection

Telling a story takes your customers on a journey. You go beyond brand values, statistics and charts. You show them you understand them on a deeper level and really know their needs, dilemmas and problems. This level of understanding is crucial for building trust.

4. Increases Sharing Potential

Readers love to share inspiring stories. If you can craft a brand story that really allows your readers to feel like the story was about them, then they’re going to share it. When a user shares the story of your company to brand they’re really sharing something about themselves.

5. Inspires Action-Taking

By captivating your reader with a story you’ll be able to take them on a journey, one they want to continue. By offering them the ability to continue this experience, whether by subscribing, reading more or sharing, they’re much more likely to take action.   (Brand Story for The Good Pie Company Kickstarter campaign)

6. Any Medium Works

Storytelling transcends the medium. Whether it’s a blog post, video, interview, web copy, or email exchange, the canvas it’s displayed upon doesn’t matter. What really matters is the message and experience. Telling a story with your brand will help to create new layers of connection with your audience. At the end of the day it’s all about relationship building and starting with story lays the foundation for a great relationship moving forward. [post_title] => Why Storytelling Is Important For Your Brand [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [post_password] => [post_name] => why-storytelling-is-important-for-your-brand [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2015-05-28 15:36:32 [post_modified_gmt] => 2015-05-28 15:36:32 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=5713 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [47] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 5671 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2015-05-20 16:14:40 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-05-20 16:14:40 [post_content] => On Friday night, May 15th, A Prom to Remember hosted their 6th annual prom for kids battling cancer. The prom was held at the beautiful Ritz-Carlton hotel on Fort Lauderdale beach. A Prom to Remember gives these kids an opportunity to forget about their treatment for the night and just celebrate life. Because of the generous donations from local sponsors the boys were able to strut the red carpet in tuxedos while the girls were dolled up in dresses and had their hair and makeup done. Limousines transported the teens from 8 hospitals from around the tri-county area to the Ritz Carlton.

#APTR15 #prom2015 #unforgettable

A photo posted by A Prom To Remember (@apromtoremember) on

miami-dolphinsThe boys were escorted down the red carpet by Miss Teen USA pageant winners and the Miami Hurricanettes while the girls were escorted by professional athletes such as Brent Grimes, cornerback for the Miami Dolphins, and others from the Fort Lauderdale Strikers. Thanks to all the South Florida sponsors of A Prom to Remember such as: Blue Martini, Walgreens, Macys, Brandamos, Mens Wearhouse, Payless Shoes, Broward Health, Chocalte Fountains of South Florida, Doctors Choice Pharmacy, Dave & Busters and all others who contributed to this amazing night. This year our team was responsible for social media management, photography and video. This was our third year being a part of A Prom to Remember and we're always happy to give back and help provide an unforgettable prom experience for these kids. This year our team was responsible for social media management, photography and video.   For more information about A Prom to Remember visit http://www.aPromToRemember.org and https://www.facebook.com/APromtoRemember/ [post_title] => Brandamos Supports - A Prom to Remember [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => brandamos-supports-a-prom-to-remember [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-09-27 18:33:16 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-09-27 18:33:16 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=5671 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [48] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 5660 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2015-05-18 15:19:55 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-05-18 15:19:55 [post_content] =>

Social Media Branding Matters

If people come across your work on different social media platforms, and they can’t tell it’s you, then you’re going to have a problem. You need to establish a consistent identity across every social media network you’re a part of. Of course, the methods of communication and what’s appropriate for content type will differ depending upon the network. However, you need to remain consistent for people to keep track of your across platforms. A consistent identity will help your brand become more recognizable, which will translate to a greater value for your business. Below you’ll find three elements that will help lay the foundation for a consistent brand, while building you a strategy that you can actually work with.

1. Your Voice Matters

You must establish a certain voice that will carry across each platform. The style of communication you choose will depend heavily on the type of business you run. For instance, will you be serious and strictly informative, or will you be funny and playful? How you interact across social media will determine how your brand is perceived. Also, make sure “your voice” is in alignment with the target group of clients you’re hoping to attract.

2. Build Consistency

You can’t be a ghost, but you also don’t want to spend all your time replying to social media updates and comments. Make sure you come up with a plan and schedule that works for your business and you stick with it. When you’re sharing your content across social media networks it needs to be high quality. If a user clicks over to one of your posts and they feel it was a waste of their time, then their trust in you is going to start to erode. Besides regularly posting content you’re going to need to post at a consistent time. Your ideal customers will be present on social media at differing time intervals, so you’ll need to interact with your potential customers, and share your content when it’s going to reach them.

3. Be Human

Lastly, you need to realize that social media is very personal. Brands who try to maintain a distant corporate persona don’t tend to do very well. Don’t be afraid to get creative with post types and styles. People like to connect with other humans; by being vulnerable with your business you’ll show that you’re concerned about more than just profits. Being vulnerable can truly be an asset for your business. Building a consistent social media identity takes patience, time, and effort. However, by sticking with the above plan any getting little creative you’ll see your following start to grow. [post_title] => Why Brand Identity Matters Across Social Media [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => why-brand-identity-matters-across-social-media [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-22 17:22:26 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-22 17:22:26 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=5660 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [49] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 5651 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2015-05-14 16:42:13 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-05-14 16:42:13 [post_content] =>

Learn how to use employees as brand ambassadors using social media.

Chances are if you're running a business, you've also taken the time to get your brand onto Social Media. Facebook, Twitter and YouTube continue to be the top three most used platforms for business in the world; however, the abundance of other options businesses have to share their content has steadily become overwhelming. LinkedIn, Google+, Instagram, Pinterest.. which do you choose? Certainly we can't take the time to make profiles on every platform. In fact, most business owners will tell you that 3-4 is the point at which they call it enough. Your business is obviously welcome to join as many platforms as you see fit, but remember that in order for Social media marketing to be effective, a lot of time, creativity and good content is required to make a difference in your bottom line. What many business owners have failed to realize is the best and most efficient way to maximize quality output on their social media channels, is to utilize what valuable resources they have in front of them, their employees.

Divide and Conquer

Depending on your employee to social platform ratio, your company should be able to assign individual platforms to an employee, or a number of employees. By allowing each person(s) to concentrate on how a platform works, you're guaranteeing strength on all of your outlets by dividing up the workload. Facebook is fundamentally different than Instagram, and so when deciding who to assign a platform to, keep their strengths in mind. Instagram, Pinterest, and YouTube at times are all heavily imaged based; whereas, Twitter, LinkedIn and Facebook require a lot more text and writing content. Being an ambassador to your company should mean carrying the representation with a sense of pride. It's a lot easier to take pride in creating posts when you enjoy what you're doing. Before assigning a platform, make sure the employee is up to the task, and shows genuine excitement for getting paid to be responsible for it.

Develop A Content Strategy

While it is most efficient to divide up the platforms themselves, the content you share does not need to differ every time you post. In fact, creating content that will work on all the platforms you're apart of is an excellent strategy to get your brand seen by your entire audience. Again, platforms vary drastically so this is where your team will learn to customize the same message across different mediums.

Analytic Meetings

By using social media, your company is attempting to transcend its brand into the world of your customers, and not every post you make will resonate strongly. At least once a month you should have all of your employees sit down and discuss what posts are working, and dive into the data that comes with nearly every platform nowadays. Things like: • Total views on a post • The number of people who liked a post • The number of shares a post received • How many people commented/engaged • What time and day of the week was the post created • What did the content involve relative to your company As the manager, it would also be wise to cross reference the data available on your website analytics to see how much traffic was coming from where and if it coincided with the time of a post. Once your company is fluent in their social responsibilities you can enhance your brand with company insights.

Show Your Company's Culture

The nature of social media is to interact with people, your companies page should be no different. Not only are you building trust in your brand by exposing the people behind the logo, you're also creating a vision for those who may want to work for you in the future. Beyond isolating your employees to managing one platform, encourage them to make posts of themselves on their personal pages while working to show times in which they love their job. A business that has happy, dedicated employees is bound to have service customers will appreciate.

Bring Us Behind The Scenes

We're in a rebirth of the small business era, and people would much rather support the little guy before they choose to buy from a manufacturer. Part of reminding your audience where your product/service comes from is taking them behind the scenes. You'll be surprised how fascinated customers will be to learn an interesting fact behind the production of your work. Knowing how your business runs makes customers more confident when it comes time to choose between you, and the competitor. By making your employees ambassadors, you're introducing the world to the people they're supporting by choosing your brand. [post_title] => How To Use Your Employees As Ambassadors To Your Brand Through Social Media [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => how-to-use-your-employees-as-ambassadors-to-your-brand-through-social-media [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-22 17:22:10 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-22 17:22:10 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=5651 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [50] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 5634 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2015-05-11 16:29:54 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-05-11 16:29:54 [post_content] =>

Learn how to use the linkedin relationship tab to improve your network

What was originally intended to be the world's largest networking medium, has in recent years taken criticism as being a secondary Facebook, and at times convoluted. Many of us struggle to remember how, or why we chose to connect with someone in the first place, making the extended limbs of our network even more useless. The connections we make on LinkedIn have the potential to be our next big client, close deals and grow the network of our business. Knowing all it takes is a little fine tuning and knowledge, we've decided to go in depth on LinkedIn's relationship tab, and how you can master it to only keep the connections that matter. First things first.

What Is The LinkedIn Relationship Tab?

Think of it as a convenient tool to simply break down how you're connected to someone. Regardless of what membership you have with LinkedIn, free or premium, this feature will be available. linkedin-relationship This is a great way to: • Add important details about the relationship • Set reminders to interact in the future To find the tab you must be online, or using the desktop version, the tab is not currently available on mobile. Click on any one of your connections and the tab will be visible just beneath the profile photo. What's nice is all the information found here is exclusive to you and your individual connections. Knowing where the tab can be found is half the battle, let's examine what it can be used for.

1. Oh, That's When We Connected

Networking moves at the speed of light, and sometimes just knowing the date in which you connected can be enough to strike a memory as to why, or why they should no longer be considered network worthy. For instance, many young entrepreneurs may forget the name of a person, but if a date coincided with a conference or time period in college, the connection may make more sense to keep around.

2. Add Notes To Your Contacts To Keep Your Memory Fresh

This is one of four sub-tabs found under the relationship tab. If you've gotten serious about marketing yourself and building a stronger network, knowing exactly who's in it, and what they do is a valuable asset. Think of it as a digital business card filer. The information you include in this tab can be professional, personal or anything that helps you keep track of the relationships your building. What kind of notes would be applicable here? ➢ Think quick references and filter skills they have listed that would be applicable to you. ➢ If you've been building a series of conversations on the phone or over email, keep refined notes. ➢ Write down questions, ideas, or projects you may approach the contact with. If there comes a time when they contact you directly, you'll have the ultimate notebook filled out right in front of you. When notes no longer apply to the relationship, they can be easily deleted.

3. Set A One-Time or Recurring Reminder For A Connection

Rather than crowding regular calendars with complex task lists that are strictly oriented towards business, many have benefited from using the LinkedIn reminders tab as a way to maintain leads right next to a contacts profile. linkedin-relationship-reminders

Know there's an event coming up next month?

Set a reminder to contact a connection so that you can meet in person.

Will you be releasing new content soon?

Set a reminder on one, or several, contacts who you feel need to see it right away.

Have you been working on outbound leads?

Set reminders to follow up in appropriate intervals so you don't wait too long, or call back too soon. The reminder tool is the most under-utilized feature LinkedIn has to offer, but perhaps one of the most effective. Storing reminders for ourselves ensures good actions don't go to waste when they manifest at first as ideas. Our minds are already too busy nowadays, so taking away some of the energy required to remember tasks is a beautiful thing.

4. Describe How You Met

Different than taking notes about the contact, recording how you met someone should be an immediate action as it's easy to forget why you've connected in the first place. Include as much information as it takes to feel like you can validate the connection at a later date. linkedin-relationship-how-we-met Maybe they said something in person that really sold them to you. Maybe they came across your work through another client and are now interested in working with you, a detail that acts as effective marketing analytics as well. Was there someone who introduced you? Sometimes knowing the intermediary will help get you a client by acting as a reference when you say,” Oh yes, so-and-so introduced us at the Small Business Event and said I might be able to help you out with XY&Z.” This process can be time consuming, but the personal tid-bits about how you connected, are just as important as why.

5. Give Your Connections Tags To Build Convenient Categories

Your connections on LinkedIn are your resources, and knowing which contacts can be approached for a specific reason in a split second is invaluable. Depending on each contact, you can add an entirely new tag, or build off a tag you've been using. Categorizing every one of your connections with tags that correspond to the operations of your business will make it easy to get in touch with multiple connections at a time without having to remember who's worth connecting for what. LinkedIn was built on the premise that networking should be efficient, and those we're connected with serve a purpose. By using the relationship tab, your saying the connections I have not only have a purpose, but I know exactly what that purpose is. [post_title] => Using the LinkedIn Relationship Tab to Improve Your Network [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => using-the-linkedin-relationship-tab-to-improve-your-network [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2018-09-18 23:50:06 [post_modified_gmt] => 2018-09-18 23:50:06 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=5634 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [51] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 5617 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2015-05-06 17:21:01 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-05-06 17:21:01 [post_content] => In video editing, selecting the music to correspond with the message in the video can often be one of the most difficult tasks in the entire project. Many studios work directly with musicians in order to carefully transcribe the beats and tempos to correspond in perfect synchronicity with what's being shown visually. What our audience hears, completely affects how they're going to be feeling. In today's video marketing profession, creators aren't always equipped with musicians to work with, and are much more reliant on purchasing stock music to work with in their video campaigns. In fact, this has become a normal trend as more businesses of all sizes are capable of launching a video marketing campaign for their brand. If you're new to selecting music, or just want to learn how to improve, here are four criteria points to effectively captivate your audience. What Is The Feeling That Directly Aligns With Your Brand Typically most people will say they want their audience to feel good, but that's not going to be enough. Good is too generic, because what your selling needs to come with inspiration. The music needs to make your audience feel as though your product can satisfy their desires, whatever those may be. Take this North Face commercial, for example. The music is edgy, fast paced and builds from start to finish. The North Face wants their audience to feel the adrenaline associated with what their product can provide. Hopefully the next time a customer is out looking to purchase winter sports gear, they'll subconsciously remember feeling pumped while watching the North Face commercial. Not everyone sells adventure gear though, so try and imagine how you would want to feel based on what you're trying to sell. Never Compromise The Quality A lot like the quality of a video can alter your audiences perceptions, so can the quality of the music. If you think about the way commercials have evolved over the last decade, you can agree that it's sometimes hard to distinguish a commercial, from an actual television show. Ads have become that important! Large companies know that in order to win in the marketing world, quality is the undying factor to how a customer will perceive your product. So! In order to meet contemporary standards, you need to:
  1. Make sure the file you buy/download/pay for is of a high technical quality.
  1. The Stock Website Only Contracts Professional Musicians
Place A Strong Emphasis On The Intro and Outro Sections Our memories are wired on impressions, and our attention spans desperately need something captivating to stay focused. This is why the beginning a video, and how you end it is crucial to setting the tone and giving your audience something worth remembering. People will stop watching a video after a few seconds if it doesn't interest them enough, so look for music that builds, or has some power in the beginning to make it hard to stop watching. The ending of a video is a great place to raise the volume, and cut on a strong accentuation point. This will leave your viewers will a good sense of completion. Pro Tip: If you choose music that has lyrics, avoid splicing the words in awkward places, as well as choosing a chorus that can distract from your overall message. Know Your Budget Music is incredibly important, but it wouldn't make sense to spend more than the advertisement is worth. Some questions you should ask yourself upon purchasing music are: Music is one of the greatest emotional triggers we have in this life. People want to feel good about the things we purchase (We all know buyers guilt), and the companies we're supporting. By showing your audience who you are through video marketing, you're building an emotional connection to your brand. Using the right music is the perfect way to connect to your customers so choose wisely. [post_title] => Choosing The Right Music For Your Video Content Is Crucial [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => choosing-the-right-music-for-your-video-content-is-crucial [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2015-05-06 17:21:01 [post_modified_gmt] => 2015-05-06 17:21:01 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=5617 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [52] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 5517 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2015-04-21 15:43:41 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-04-21 15:43:41 [post_content] => Well folks, today is the day. Google is launching their algorithm, which will ensure that users of mobile devices are capable of experiencing better results, which are friendlier to their specific devices. With this in mind, webmasters might be chewing at their fingernails, since these major algorithm changes often roll out with strange results. Of course, the mobile market is an enormously large one and webmasters will want to ensure that these users are able to visit their pages. Don’t fret yet, because there is still time to make changes and make your pages friendly with mobile devices. Below, we’ll guide you through the process. Changes are Permanent, Results are Not While it is certainly true that Google isn’t going to backtrack on this change, it is vital to remember that the results are not irreversible. At any time, the webmaster can make the appropriate changes and instantly get their sites included in the results for mobile users. With this in mind, it is important to note that Google insisted that the algorithm changes would actually roll out in a period of several weeks. Therefore, you should not worry too much right away, since the changes will not immediately become relevant. Instead, just work quickly and get the problems corrected, before it is too late. Check your Site’s Friendliness Thankfully, Google has given Webmasters plenty of time to deal with the coming changes. In fact, they have even put together a comprehensive website and guide that can help. Therefore, you will want to start, by testing your site’s mobile friendliness. This can be done, by checking out Google’s Mobile Friendly test page. The process is astoundingly simple. Just type in your site’s URL and hit the start button. From there, Google will work to determine, whether or not your site is friendly. If your site is friendly, you can skip this can go back to work. Otherwise, you’ll need to begin implementing change to correct your site’s issues. Correct Common Mistakes In all likelihood, your website is probably suffering from common mistakes, which can be corrected fairly easily. For instance, your website might be loading very slowly for Mobile devices. This should be correctable with ease. At the same time, you may have inappropriate cross-links. This can be corrected fairly easily, since you just need to make a few URL changes and everything should be correct. Either way, it is imperative to find the problems and correct them as quickly as possible. Conclusion Truthfully, a lot of webmasters will not need to make any changes, at all. Others will need to go above and beyond to rectify the problems and ensure friendliness with mobile devices. Either way, now is the time to make the changes! [post_title] => Google is Rolling out Mobilegeddon: Is your Site Mobile Friendly? [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => google-is-rolling-out-mobilegeddon-is-your-site-friendly [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2015-04-21 15:43:41 [post_modified_gmt] => 2015-04-21 15:43:41 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=5517 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [53] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 5481 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2015-04-10 13:22:25 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-04-10 13:22:25 [post_content] => When it comes to travel, there are many options for airlines, accommodations, locations and activities. For our client, Hostels Club, they make the accommodation decision making a bit easier. Hostels Club is an online booking service that lets travelers browse and make reservations at thousands of partner hostels around the world. Hostels Club offers a membership card that saves members up to 30% on their reservations as well as other exclusive deals. Being that Hostels Club is based in Venice, Italy we were excited at the opportunity to possibly have to travel there and ride a gondola. But that wasn't necessary, our team is tasked with staying right here in Fort Lauderdale and focusing on search engine optimization and content marketing. Here is an example of an infographic that we designed as part of the campaign. infographic-hostelsvshotels [post_title] => Hostels Club Infographic Design [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => hostels-club-infographic-design [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2015-04-10 13:22:25 [post_modified_gmt] => 2015-04-10 13:22:25 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=5481 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [54] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 5465 [post_author] => 7 [post_date] => 2015-04-02 09:46:25 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-04-02 09:46:25 [post_content] =>


This past week Facebook announced the release of there newest feature “On this Day,” a service that allows users to relive past events and pictures on Facebook from yesteryear. 

On This Day” shows users old pictures, comments, posts, and events that occurred “on this day” in previous years, a modern form of nostalgia.  For example, that incredible adventure to Costa Rico you went on with your besties or that horrid family vacation that you never wanted to relive could resurface at any given moment with this app.  It’s only visible to the user unless shared with Facebook friends. 


Think of the Timehop app, but built into your Facebook. “On This Day” is a separate page from your Facebook that allows you to customize how much of the past you want to revisit. Users must subscribe to the service and could receive constant notifications to none at all, this features allows you control of your time capsule.

But how will users respond to the social network’s new feature “On This Day”?  So far, mixed reviews and certain concerns have surfaced about the new service.  While some enjoy reliving the moment they met their significant other, others don’t want the painful memories of old flames and those who’ve past away to interfere in their lives. 


Why go back when moving forward keeps life going?  Either way one looks at the service, Facebook continues to reinvent themselves and keep users interested and “On This Day” should be a fun service to visit and explore your past lives.

[post_title] => Reminisce with Facebook’s latest feature ‘On This Day’ [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => reminisce-with-facebooks-latest-feature-on-this-day [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2015-04-02 09:46:25 [post_modified_gmt] => 2015-04-02 09:46:25 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=5465 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [55] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 5453 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2015-04-01 14:34:28 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-04-01 14:34:28 [post_content] => destroying-seo When you’re in charge of SEO it’s not something you want to take huge risks on. Sure, calculated risks make sense, but by adhering to old strategies or trying to push the boundaries too fast you’ll end up risking or ruining your rankings in the process. There are a lot of mistakes being made, even by bigger brands when it comes to their SEO process. Whether, you’re managing your own SEO, or running a campaign for another company it’s important that you avoid any of these mistakes as they’ll set back your efforts. Sometimes, even doing too much of a good thing can lead to penalties. That’s why tracking and testing should be two of the most important words in your toolkit. In this post we’re going to explore five of the most important things you’ll want to avoid if you ultimate want your SEO strategy to succeed. 1. Over-optimization Over-optimization can come in several forms. However, the most common are anchor text optimization and keyword stuffing of content. Anchor text used to be able to be used in order to increase your rankings for a certain keyword. This used to work for a long time, but nowadays it’s as good as dead. If you used to want to rank for the term ‘best coffee shop’, you would have a ton of links pointing to your website with that exact phrase. However, in recent Google updates they’ve flagged this process and it’s deemed unnatural link building. When it comes to linking just think if someone were to naturally link to your website, what anchor text would they use? They would probably use a combination of words that wouldn’t be a keyword repeated time and time again, your brand name or your URL. The other form of over-optimization to be weary of is over-optimizing your content with keyword, otherwise known as keyword stuffing. Keyword stuffing has been a no-go practice for a few years, but it seems some people are churning out keyword ridden copy. This mostly goes for long-tail keywords as they’re much more noticeable than short-tail. Instead of keyword stuffing consider either writing longer content, or using your keyword less times throughout your copy, this will help to lower the keyword density. You can also use related keywords to still include the keyword you’re optimizing for without it being overwhelming, or setting off a penalty. 2. Spammy Guest Blogging Guest blogging has been an integral part of content strategies and SEO campaigns for the past few years. Recently, there has been a lot of talk since Matt Cutts published a blog post calling for the end of guest blogging. However, within all the uproar what he was really calling for was an end of spammy guest blogging. If your guest posting strategy for solely was being done to build backlinks, then you may want to switch up your strategy. Guest posting can still be beneficial for SEO purposes, but only if you’re posting high quality content that is in alignment with your business, and the audience you’re posting for. 3. Focusing On Quantity Over Quality In the case of backlinks today quantity definitely does not beat quality. You may think that purchasing thousands of backlinks may send your site soaring in the rankings, but it doesn’t quite work like that anymore. Usually, when you purchase backlinks from spammy sources those sources will already raise a red flag in the eyes of Google. Link building is still extremely important to growing your rankings. However, the authority and relevancy of your links matters more than ever. 4. Using Low-quality Content Low-quality content can come in many forms. You used to be able to get away with using spun content, or just overall shoddy content for your articles and blog posts. However, some of the latest Google algorithm updates have made it so spun content is essentially treated the same way as spam content. The reason spam content doesn’t work is because it can’t be read by humans. It’s engineered to be read by the search engines, and that’s all. Human readability is taken out of the equation. Other types of content that will hurt your rankings include sourcing your content from low-quality writers. The content you’ll usually receive from these sources will usually be written by writers that speak English poorly, and it will show in the content. 5. Only Focusing On One Element Another big mistake we see across some SEO strategies is only focusing on one element of the SEO process. SEO is a multi faceted game that requires efforts across the content marketing, social media, look building, and onsite SEO. If you simply focus on a single SEO factor your rankings may take a hit. One of the keys to succeeding with SEO is having a diverse link profile, as well as strong onsite factors. If all of these wheels aren’t turning at once your rankings aren’t going to be as strong as they could be. It may seem like it’s a lot of work to keep all of these factors going strong, but it will be well worth it.  
[button button_text= "GET FREE SEO AUDIT" type= "large" rounded= "1/0" icon= "" color= "#44974D" hover= "#44974D" url= "/free-seo-audit"]
[post_title] => These 5 Things Are Destroying Your SEO Success [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => these-5-things-are-destroying-your-seo-success [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2015-04-01 14:34:28 [post_modified_gmt] => 2015-04-01 14:34:28 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=5453 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [56] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 5244 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2015-01-23 19:37:07 [post_date_gmt] => 2015-01-23 19:37:07 [post_content] => guest-blogging There’s been a lot of talk about the fall of guest blogging lately. If you look around the web you’ll see a lot of people talking about how guest blogging is no longer an effective strategy. It all began with a post from Matt Cutts, in which he stated that we’re reaching the end of guest blogging. Upon further examination it seems this statement is a little extreme and has caused a lot of uproar throughout the web. We’ve seen a lot of people react with fear and put an entire hold on their guest posting strategies. In this post we’re going to look at what all this noise about the fall of guest blogging really means, and if you need to adjust your strategy for the future.

Is Guest Blogging Really Over?

Calling for the end of guest blogging is like calling for the end of content creation on the internet as a whole. It only seems that the purpose of guest blogging has finally shifted. When people initially began to use guest blogging as a strategy it was used in order to gain exposure for your work and connect with new audiences. This was all done entirely through providing quality content for their audiences. However, as the practice has grown it seems to have gotten more and more spammy. When blogs first opened their doors to guest posts, they would hardly see a trickle of qualified posts. As word got out about the effectiveness of guest blogging, the nature of it started to change. Blogs that only received a handful of posts began to receive hundreds if not thousands of requests for low-quality posts that contributed no value whatsoever. The main purpose of these posts were to obtain backlinks without providing any value to the audience or the reader. As a result, guest blogging started to become divided between two camps. One camp was geared towards connecting with the audience they were posting for and providing true value, while the other camp was focused on obtaining as many backlinks as possible, no matter how low quality the posts were. With the onslaught of these low-quality posts circling the internet something had to be done. Thus spurring the recent comments from Google’s head of Webspam, Matt Cutts. Instead of a call to end all guest blogging, what he was really calling for was an end of spammy guest blogging.

How Has The Purpose Of Guest Blogging Shifted?

With any big changes that occur in the search engine space, they are almost always coupled with a change in strategy. This recent shift is no different. However, like any big change there are usually a few people who have been doing it right all along. We alluded to this earlier in the post. The camp that was guest posting in order to provide value, to the audience they were writing in front of, won’t be harmed by any changes that roll out and effect guest blogging. For this group, guest blogging was never entirely about link building. It was about being able to get your writing in front of a new audience and provide them enough value so you’d hope they would come back to your site and become a fan of your work. Backlinks were a nice bonus, but never the main goal. The shift we’re seeing is a shift towards providing value again. Overall, this is in line with the direction Google is heading. Towards an internet more for users than search engine robots. If you’re writing to provide value and entertain first you’ll be just fine. In essence, guest blogging really hasn’t changed all that much, more than anything this update was focused on spam. So, if you post spammy guest posts on website there’s a chance you’ll get penalized. If you allow spammy guest blogs to be published on your website, then your rankings could decrease as well. Don’t try to game the guest blogging system, you’re just going to end up doing more harm than good.

What Does This Mean For Your Guest Blogging Strategy?

The future of guest blogging is quality. The days of trying to spam the internet with low quality posts are coming to an end. Guest blogging solely as a strategy for building links, is part of the past. However, the good news is that by focusing on providing high quality content across the board you’ll be able to build relationships with the readers of the blog you’re posting on. This will then translate to more social shares, and extended reach for your brand. When you’re guest blogging always think in terms of value provided. If you can create a blog post that is valuable to the audience of the blog, and you happen to drop a few links back to your site within the content, there’s no harm done. Focus on value first, links second and you’ll continue to see your search engine rankings grow. Here are a couple examples of guest blogs our team has recently written: Social Media Today: The Real Reason Your Posts aren't Converting Like They Should SEMrush: 5 REASONS YOUR CONTENT STRATEGY MAY NOT HELP YOU RANK [post_title] => Have We Really Reached The End Of The Guest Blogging Era? [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => really-reached-end-guest-blogging-era [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2015-01-23 19:37:07 [post_modified_gmt] => 2015-01-23 19:37:07 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=5244 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [57] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 5094 [post_author] => 7 [post_date] => 2014-12-20 01:27:18 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-12-20 01:27:18 [post_content] => instagram

Instagram Fights Spam and Releases New Filters

It's been a big week for Instagram, while adding five new filters; Instagram lost millions of spam accounts. In an attempt to clean up the photo-sharing app from false spam accounts, the event is now being considered the "Instagram Rapture" and ironically sent users into an outraged frenzy by the sudden disappearance of their followers. The accounts hit the hardest were celebrities and users who purchased followers. Rapper Akon reportedly lost 56% of his followers while Kim Kardashian dropped 1.3 million followers in minutes. Instagrammer chiragchirag78 went from 4 million fans to only eight. He ended up deleting his account from the devastation. So why did Instagram conduct such a sudden massacre when the app itself lost a record breaking 19 millions followers? Don't feel bad for Instagram losing 19 million fake users. Their valuation was just upped to 35 billion by Citigroup. Like its parent company Facebook, Instagram regularly removes accounts to limit spam and prevent users from buying followers to appear more popular. Let’s keep it honest people! Instragam had already deactivated those accounts; this was the final removal of all the spam. No one could have predicted the outcome. "This Instagram bloodbath is hilarious," said Josh "The Fat Jew" Ostrovsky, a popular Instagrammer with 2.2 million followers. "This should be a national holiday. We all know who bought followers, so today just corroborated everyone's suspicions. So many people losing their followers, watching their digital worlds crumble. Today is so fun."

Instagram's 5 New Filters

While some users are continuing to write insults and profanities towards the app, others are be ecstatic about the five new filters Instagram added that give photos a new perspective and add a certain subtlety to each photo. Aden, Crema, Ludwig, Slumber and Perpetua are the five new filters, individually unique, they all add there own style, and flair to photos. Aden makes photos look like pastels and should be used with portraits. Crema gives photos a smooth and creamy look, best used outdoors for warming and cooling effects. Ludwig enhances light while taking away most of the colors, great to use Ludwig with portraits, architecture, and geometric shapes. Slumber de-­-saturates photos and makes them hazy. Slumber is used for a retro or dreamy look. Perpetua is characterized by “a bluish, green, earthy look like of nature”, best used in the daylight. These of course are all suggestions, once users start to fiddle with these filters they’ll begin to use them as they see fit.

Instagram's New Filters Examples

[gallery link="none" ids="5095,5099,5098,5101,5100,5102"] [post_title] => Instagram Deletes Spam Accounts and Adds 5 New Filters [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => instagram-deletes-spam-accounts-adds-5-new-filters [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-22 17:23:38 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-22 17:23:38 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=5094 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [58] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 5067 [post_author] => 7 [post_date] => 2014-12-04 02:50:41 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-12-04 02:50:41 [post_content] => basel1 It's that time of year again, Art Basel, when Miami Beach, from South Beach to Wynwood and all that is in between is invaded with artists from around the globe. Art Basel Miami Beach 2014 is finally here and with all the excitement and festivities going on, how is one to navigate through the humid-filled streets of artists dreams? Here’s a list of some must-sees at the 2014 Art Basel Miami Beach.

2014 Art Basel Happenings

Basel House Food Truck Roundup Basel House is a street fair where food meets art and anything can happen. Enjoy over 20 food trucks including, but not limited to, HipPops, the Health Nut on Wheels, Giuseppe’s Italian Sausage, Los Chamos, Mobstah Lobstah, Top Fries, and much more. What’s so unique about this roundup? A variety of Basel Artists will be painting live on whatever canvas they come across. Nothing is off limits and they love crowd participation… beware wearing white! 2250 NW Second Ave. in Wynwood. Hours of operation Wednesday, December 3- Sunday December 7 from noon to midnight. Lynda Benglis Lynda Benglis will launch Art Basel’s Conversation series with her infamous advertisement in the 1974 November issue of Artforum. Thursday, December 4. 10AM-11AM. Miami Convention Center, Hall C auditorium, 1901 Convention Center Dr. Ten-Hour Dance Party For all the music lovers and EDM dancers, Life and Death and PLOT have choreographed their 3rd annual showcase in a very rare partnership with Poplife and Miami’s longest running house music party, Aquabooty, for a unique 10 hour, multi-sensory experience. December 4th, Tickets: $45. Grand Central 697 N. Miami Avenue, Miami.  Locust Projects Ohio-based artist Daniel Arsham, “Welcomes the future,” by bringing his installation to Locust Projects. He has single handedly transformed the gallery into an excavation site by digging a trench in the gallery floor and filling it with the muffled debris of 20th century media. Opening reception Thursday, December 4. 7PM-10PM. Locust Projects, 3852 North Miami Avenue. Big Trouble in Little River Pop-Up Pop-up’s are the most unpretentious trend to hit the scene in the 20teens and Art Basel wouldn’t be the same without a few popping up around town. Big Trouble in Little River has collaborated with an art exhibit curated by Chris Oh, as well as Jim Drain, Nicolas Lobo, TYPOE, and Michael Vasquez. The artisan pop-up provided by Hot Satellite, will feature wood-fired pizza, coffee, cocktails and much more. Located on the Miami River at 7357 NW Miami Ct., Miami, the 7,000-square-foot courtyard will feature free WiFi and guest DJs. Hours of operation: Thursday, December 4 - Sunday, December 7 from noon to 10 p.m. GastroPod Pop-Up at Miami Project Jeremiah Bullfrog's GastroPod is offering two different Art Basel-related locations. GastroPod 2.0 is located in Wynwood at 160 NW 26th St. featuring a Pulp Fiction-inspired menu and GastrPod is a grab-and-go café that partnered with Noodle Head, a noodle bar with limitless pasta’bilities! Open daily Wednesday-Sunday from 3 to 11 p.m. Miami Project is open Wednesday and Thursday from 10 a.m. to 7 p.m., Friday from 10 a.m. to 8 p.m., Saturday from 10 a.m. to 7 p.m., and Sunday from 10 a.m. to 6 p.m. Tickets range from $25-50 and can be purchased at www.miami-project.com. Instagram as an Artistic Medium For any person of the 21st intrigued by technology and photography, especially a little app called “Instagram” mustn’t miss this exhibit. ForYourArt founder Bettina Korek mediates a conversation between Klaus Biesenbach, Simon de Pury, Hans Ulrich Obrist, Kevin Systrom and Amalia Ulman, who will discuss the endless creative possibilities of the art world's favorite social media vessel. Thursday, December 4. 5PM-6PM. Miami Convention Center, Hall C auditorium, entrance through Lobby C, 1901 Convention Center Dr. Stevie Nicks' Selfies A bewitching collection of self-portraits taken between l975 and 1987. Thursday, December 4 thru Friday, December 5. Dream South Beach, 1111 Collins Ave. Bunnie Cakes' Artistic Cupcakes Bunnie Cakes is a vegan’s wet dream. These artistic cupcakes will feature a series of Art Week on the cupcakes. They run $6 each in a signed by the artist box and feature the art of Miami artists Trek6, Don Rimx, Kazilla, Luis Valle, and Piktorama. There is a limited amount, so get there early, these babies are selling like hotcakes! Available now through December 7. Slow Motion Walk YoungArts presents a Slow Motion Walk constructed by performance artist Brittany Bailey. Here the public is invited to join Brittany in walking as slowly as humanly possible to truly consider each and every step as a deliberate motion. Thursday, December 4 through December 7. 12PM-6PM. YoungArts Jewel Box. House of Art House of Art’s mission is to bring arts education into the fabric of the communities it serves. In order to create and provide opportunities for students and emerging artists, HOA partners with schools, civic groups, non-profit organizations and businesses. December 4th, Vernisage will honor 20 chosen students. December 5th, Future of Fashion will feature wearable fashion made from unconventional and recycled items. December 6th, We Live Here 2, Madrid-based photographer Miguel Vallinas presents an anthropomorphic blend of animals, fashion and the human form.House of Art 415B NW 26th Street, Wynwood 786-703-5094 Shen Wei's "In Black, White & Grey" The MacArthur and Guggenheim Fellow who choreographed the Beijing Olympics' opening ceremony, Chinese-born artist Shen Wei is holding a site-specific performance along with his exhibition "In Black, White & Grey" at Miami's Freedom Tower. Tickets are free but must be reserved here. Friday, December 5, 1PM and 8PM. Saturday, December 6, 1PM and 8PM. Sunday, December 7, 1PM. The Freedom Tower, 600 Biscayne Blvd. 15th & Vine Kitchen & Bar at Viceroy Miami's Free Happy Hour 15th & Vine Kitchen and Bar at the Viceroy is hosting a complimentary Art Basel happy hour with French artist Duaív on Friday, December 5, from 6 to 8 p.m. as part of the “Sights & Sounds” Art Basel series. "Big Eyes" Screening See Tim Burton's upcoming film starring Christoph Waltz as Walter Keane and Amy Adams as Margaret Keane, about one of the most epic art frauds of all time. Admission is free but seating is limited. Friday, December 5. 8:30PM. Colony Theatre, 1040 Lincoln Road. VH1 + SCOPE Party Artist and calligrapher Aerosyn-Lex Mestrovic will headline VH1 and SCOPE’s annual party, by hand-painting hundreds of feet of Japanese synthetic paper. Danish singer-songwriter Nabiha will perform and Swizz Beatz will DJ. Friday, December 5. 8PM-11PM. 1235 Washington Ave. Wynwood Brewing Wynwood Brewing is a local favorite that isn’t to be missed this Art Basel. Especially since Miami artist Trek6 is showcasing his art at Wynwood Brewing's tap room through December 10. The artist was chosen by Miami New Times as "Best Street Artist" You don’t want to miss this exhibit! Tum Tums Street food will be at Wynwood Brewery Friday night! Hours are Tuesday - Thursday 2 to 11 p.m., Friday 2 p.m. to midnight; Saturday noon to midnight; Sunday noon to 10 p.m. Art Basel Miami is filled with incredible and astonishing works of art that come in all forms. It’s a truly unique and enticing experience for not only the creative ones, but for all to enjoy. For more information visit their website at https://www.artbasel.com/miami-beach. [post_title] => A Guide to Art Basel Miami Beach 2014 [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => guide-to-art-basel-miami-beach-2014 [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-09-29 19:02:38 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-09-29 19:02:38 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=5067 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [59] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4666 [post_author] => 6 [post_date] => 2014-10-06 15:53:33 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-10-06 15:53:33 [post_content] => desk email What is email send anxiety? It’s when you’ve created an email complete with content and you’ve been hovering the mouse over the “Send” or “Schedule” button for about an hour wondering if it’s really ready. After much time in crafting the perfect email, how do you know if you’re ready to send it? Here is a simple checklist to run through before scheduling (and repeatedly rescheduling) an email to send or sending an email right away. Compelling Subject Line Be sure it's a subject that won’t be considered too much of a sales pitch. Add a personal touch by placing the subscriber’s first name in the subject if you have everyone’s first name. Preview Line A preview line with a call to action or brief summary of what they're about to see when they open their email. Keep this line to about 10 characters. Header An attractive header image created by a graphic designer or downloaded with permission for commercial use. Sometimes you will find them for free or cheap. Body One to two paragraphs addressing the reason for your email, why it's important, and call to action to be taken by the reader. Links Insert any relative images or links. Proof Read through all of your copy from the subject line through the image captions – everything! Read it out loud. Start from the beginning and check for punctuation, then back again for grammar, then back again for spelling. Make sure your selected list names are correct with spelling and capitalized if using subscriber names. Test Send a test message to yourself or a single individual contact. *Note: This is not to be confused with the test email feature in most email content management tools. Send a real message to one person! If necessary create a duplicate of your message to be sent to only one person so you don’t accidentally send to your entire list prematurely. Review Open the test message, read every letter of copy, test all links. Revise Go back to original drafted message campaign, correct any errors in the primary message to be sent. Final review and test. Once your message is free of errors, launch! Keep in mind, each email software tool may provide certain content areas in a different layout per email. Taking a few extra minutes or even days to send an email for your company is better than sending an email with errors only to have to send a “woops” email right after. More important than growing your email list is retaining subscribers. Without a consistent base of subscribers the list will not grow. Maintain a gap between gained and lost subscribers and the growth trend will continue. A simple typo could make the difference in gaining 100 subscribers and losing 1000. Happy email sending! [post_title] => Email Send Anxiety [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => email-send-anxiety [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-10-06 15:53:33 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-10-06 15:53:33 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=4666 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [60] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4601 [post_author] => 6 [post_date] => 2014-10-03 14:18:39 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-10-03 14:18:39 [post_content] => PrivacyCheckupPrivacyShortcutsWe recently shared a post about how to adjust your Facebook privacy settings. Now Facebook has made it even easier to double check your privacy options before publishing your next post. Privacy Checkup, featuring a fun dinosaur illustration, is the latest feature added to Facebook this month. Privacy Checkup is a three step tool that allows you to review your post privacy, apps, and profile quickly. Click on the lock on the upper right of Facebook to visit Privacy Checkup any time. What are the benefits of Privacy Checkup? Many people don’t realize this however, when you change the setting of your post privacy from friends to “public” for example, the next time you post an update to Facebook from anywhere the update will still be set to “public”. You can imagine why this might be problematic. Privacy Checkup is only accessible via the Facebook desktop site when you log on from your computer. PrivacyCheckupStep1 The checkup is an excellent guide for those who are not as familiar with privacy settings. It guides you through some basic settings you might want to quickly update such as apps you’ve used to log into Facebook or allowed to connect with your account in the past. It’s simple to remove the apps or change who sees posts the app makes on your behalf. Use the Privacy Checkup next time you log on from your desktop to make sure you’re sharing the right messages with the right people.       PrivacyCheckupStep2 PrivacyCheckupStep3 Have you noticed Privacy Checkup since you logged in last? Do you find it helpful or useless? Tell us your thoughts in the comments! PrivacyCheckupStepComplete [post_title] => Facebook Privacy Checkup [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => facebook-privacy-checkup [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-10-03 14:18:39 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-10-03 14:18:39 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=4601 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [61] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4599 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2014-09-29 21:20:36 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-09-29 21:20:36 [post_content] => You may have noticed over the last few months an increase in engagement from your fans on Facebook especially in video views. When viewing your Facebook Page Insights, take a moment to notice the types of content that are interesting to your audience. Notice when a video is posted it likely gets top engagement numbers compared to pictures and links. If your competition is not currently posting as much video or any video at all that’s an advantage you will have over them. Post more videos! Not just because we say so, of course, there’s also supporting recent news from Facebook itself describing how videos are increasingly more important for the platform. According to Facebook, video view growth exceeded 50% from May through July. Since June there was an average of 1 billion video views on Facebook daily. This is not about videos you shared from other sites, by the way. These are videos uploaded directly to Facebook. Forget about videos published on your website or YouTube Channel. Facebook has purposely made changes to improve how people discover and share excellent videos uploaded directly to the platform. This month Facebook will roll out several changes including providing number of video views helping others discover and share popular videos.

Facebook's Autoplaying Your Videos

You may remember when the auto-play feature rolled out on Facebook. This feature has been improved with customizable settings to help users adjust when and if a video is played automatically while scrolling through the News Feed via mobile. Among other improvements Facebook updated: So now that Facebook is rolling out these improvements that are driving more engagement for your page, how will your strategy change to incorporate more videos uploaded to Facebook? Will you continue as usual or will you get to work on planning and developing custom videos for your Facebook audience? Let us know your thoughts in the comments. Don't forget to contact us ASAP to get started on new videos for your Page. [post_title] => Change in Facebook Video Views [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => change-facebook-video-views [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-09-28 04:29:14 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-09-28 04:29:14 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=4599 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [62] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4631 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2014-09-24 17:23:21 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-09-24 17:23:21 [post_content] => LinkedIn offers a wealth of access to individuals and companies across a wide variety of industries around the world. You’ve heard of it as the social network for professionals and even have some friends who use it. After wondering what all the buzz is about with LinkedIn, you finally fold and create an account. Now what do you do? LinkedIn might guide you through simple steps but how deep should you actually get into LinkedIn to start? Follow these five easy steps to get started and you’ll be a LinkedIn All Star before you know it.
setting up LinkedIn Profile
  1. Take a clear headshot photo using a high quality camera, not your cell phone. If all you have is your computer or cell phone camera then fine—for now. Just make sure you have a clear image to start. Do NOT use your Facebook or any other social media profile image that you wouldn't want your boss or potential employer to see.When taking your photo, sit in front of a plain wall or backdrop. Make sure you’re not in front of a mirror that could otherwise reflect other items in the room with you. Definitely do not take a bathroom selfie dressed in half a suit and boxer shorts! You only need a clear image from the shoulders up. Wear a polo, shirt and tie with jacket, or blouse. Have someone take the photo or use auto-capture. No selfies! If you can get to a local photo studio for your headshot, do it!
  1. Update your experience, education, skills, and certificates at minimum. Be sure to include accomplishments for each position, project, or volunteer experience listed. Note* the link and document features are for you to showcase items from your professional portfolio. Do not link to the website or work of others. If you don’t have content for this, don’t worry about it.
  1. Write a compelling summary that lets visitors know who you are, your experience, and what you do now. Summary lengths vary. Think of this as your resume snapshot. People may not choose to explore your profile further beyond the summary. In addition, the summary will help you to show up in search results. Use key words that are relevant to your experience and your industry.
  1. Review your privacy settings. Make sure your public profile is what you want people to view as they arrive to your profile. Update your communication settings including your email notifications, what you’re interested in being contacted about, who can contact you, and tips for contacting.
  1. Invite friends to connect! LinkedIn is about networking. Connect with people you know or have worked with. If you especially have a particular interest in getting closer to reaching any company, connect with people who are professionals you know even if not in your immediate industry. You never know who may know someone that knows someone that can introduce you to that right someone.
Once you’ve connected with others you’ll start to see more updates on LinkedIn. Engage and interact with these updates! Let people know you’re active so that you are top of mind for the next business opportunity. Stay in touch with your connections sending a private message time to time. Once in a while take a gander at who’s viewed your profile and send a short message to introduce yourself if they don’t reach out first. LinkedIn is about helping professionals maintain relationships. After all, people do business with those who they know first before they seek out strangers for an opportunity. When you’re top of mind you may be one of the first contacted about an opportunity. Be genuine in your interactions with connections. The more active you are and the more content coming from you on LinkedIn, the more likely your profile will show up in search, the more people will remember you, and the more you will benefit from this social network. Are you a LinkedIn All Star? What are your tips for a beginner on LinkedIn? If you’re new, what questions do you have? Let us know in the comments!

Need Help Setting Up LinkedIn?

[gravityform id="16" name="Hire Us" description="false" ajax="true"] *image source: Great Occupations [post_title] => So You Signed Up For LinkedIn. Now What? [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => signed-linkedin-now [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2018-07-22 20:44:32 [post_modified_gmt] => 2018-07-22 20:44:32 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=4631 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [63] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4609 [post_author] => 6 [post_date] => 2014-09-21 05:56:37 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-09-21 05:56:37 [post_content] => Some business owners looking for services are often looking for a listing of services with a flat rate. The problem with the good, better, best pricing model is that it sets false expectations for potential clients. An agency or individual may say, for example, they will gladly help with your Facebook Page for the cost of $25 per hour. How is this valuable for you, the business owner? It may help because you can now expect to spend $25 for what you think is an hour worth of work. However, your particular needs far exceed that of one hour and go beyond what may be listed as “basic” services. Rather than create basic packages that will not always address your particular needs as a client, we focus on custom packages based on your budget and business goals. An attorney’s office has different goals or strategies in comparison to a consumer goods company, for example. When a potential agency and client meet, the discovery process will reveal not only the needs of the potential client but also the expectations of what can and cannot be delivered by the potential agency. The agency will then send a scope of work summarizing the services that will be provided with a cost determined by the services available in addition to client budget. If the potential client agrees to the scope of work/proposal for services, all appropriate documents are signed to begin next steps. Beware of those that will offer you the kitchen sink. Many companies claim to have a long list of services they will offer you. The famous phrase “jack of all trades, master of none” comes to mind. You want your agency to be able to offer services however understand they are not the masters of everything.

Benefits of customized service include:

A strong team of specialists will help to showcase agency strengths in certain areas thanks to those individuals on the team. The discovery process is also an opportunity for you as the potential client to evaluate the agency for what they claim they will do for you. An agency that offers custom rates as opposed to “good, better, best” pricing is on the right path to making a connection with you as a customer. [button_DD text="Contact Us Today" size="large" color="light" style="normal" url="https://www.brandamos.com/contact-us/" target="_self"][/button_DD] [post_title] => What’s your rate? [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => whats-rate [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-09-21 05:56:37 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-09-21 05:56:37 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=4609 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [64] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4621 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2014-09-12 17:11:31 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-09-12 17:11:31 [post_content] => iphone-6-template With the release of the new Apple iPhone 6 and iPhone 6 plus many fans are excited about the larger screen size. But, how large is too large? Before all the Apple fan boys go throwing their cash at Apple, wouldn't it be a good idea to see if you even like the size of the 6 or the 6 plus. Personally, the iPhone 6 plus feels too big for me and I couldn't imagine carrying that thing around in my pocket. Compare the size between the iPhone 5, 6 and 6 plus. Feeling crafty? Download the print template and let us know which new iPhone feels better to you. Download Here [post_title] => How big is the iPhone 6 Plus? Download the print template. [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => big-iphone-6-plus-download-print-template [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-09-12 17:11:31 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-09-12 17:11:31 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=4621 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [65] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4611 [post_author] => 6 [post_date] => 2014-09-03 17:23:45 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-09-03 17:23:45 [post_content] => Facebook has made their platform easier for you to have privacy while still being connected with friends and family. Looking to make sure people can’t find you on Facebook using Google search? What about not receiving messages from people you don’t know? Would you prefer not to have others post things on your Timeline or tag you in a post? What about images or posts you don’t like to see in your News Feed? Facebook has gone deep to make sure these questions among others were addressed with privacy. The big question is, where do I find all these settings?!

Hiding your profile from search engines (i.e. Google)

  1. Click the lock icon
  2. Click “See More Settings”
  3. Uncheck the box at the bottom of the “Who can look me up?” section

Only receive messages from people you know

  1. Click the lock icon
  2. Click the small arrow next to “Who can contact me” to expand options
  3. Select the option for you

Control Posts on Your Timeline and Tagging

  1. Click lock icon
  2. Click “See More Settings”
  3. Click “Timeline and Tagging”
  4. Both options available in “Who can add things to my timeline” section
  5. See other tag settings under “How can I manage tags people add and tagging suggestions?”

News Feed Control- For when you don’t like what’s been posted by someone else and when you change your mind

  1. Click the grey arrow to expand options
  2. Select your choice
image005 image006  

To Undo. Method 1:

  1. Hove mouse next to News Feed on the left panel under your name
  2. Click the gear icon to edit settings
  3. Select the friend or page you want to remove from the hide posts list

Method 2.

Go directly to the friend or business page and click “Follow” image008 [post_title] => Understanding Facebook Privacy Settings [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => understanding-facebook-privacy-settings [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-09-03 17:23:45 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-09-03 17:23:45 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=4611 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [66] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3528 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2014-08-05 18:19:58 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-08-05 18:19:58 [post_content] => A lot of times we associate a pretty website with a successful business. However, this isn’t always the case. If your marketing message and overall design don’t work well together, your site can be confusing and miss the mark completely. By aligning both you’ll be able to have an effective site that doesn’t just bring in new customers, but it brings in the right customers. In this article we’re going to cover the reasons your design and marketing might not be aligned and what you can do about it. You Are Focusing Too Much On Design Yes, design is important. However, it’s not the most important piece. There are a ton of “ugly” sites that are making millions of dollars a year. For instance, nobody would call eBay or Craigslist unsuccessful, but they sure aren’t winning any design awards. Instead of making design their number one priority, they’ve focused on serving their customers and perfecting their message towards their target market. If you were to spend your time on this, above all else you’d make more forward progress than constantly tweaking your design. Make sure your marketing is tight and you message is defined, before you move forward with aesthetics. It doesn’t matter if your website is using all of the latest web technologies, and you’ve payed thousands for your design if you haven’t spend the time defining your market and working on your copywriting. Your design is the vehicle for your message. No matter how beautiful the design, it can’t carry a business that isn’t clear and confuses customers. If you’re really having trouble pinpointing the mismatches in your design and marketing it can help to consult with an outside expert. They’ll be able to distinguish what’s working from what isn’t working, and bring everything together in a cohesive manner. You Are Sending Mixed Signals You can send mixed signals in a variety of ways, but one of the most common is having colors and typography that don’t match your style of business. You don’t want to have a pink website with flowery typography if you’re a defense lawyer. This should be obvious, but we’ve seen enough websites to illustrate otherwise. If you’re having a hard time picking a color scheme and font, just go with the simplest option. This may not win any design awards, but it will communicate your message in a clear manner. At the end of the day, a clear website with effective copy will perform better than a well-designed website with weak messaging. Do yourself a favor and invest some time and money, if necessary, into blending these two elements together. Too Much Information If you have a website that has a lot of content, it can be hard to present it all in a clear manner. Make sure you spend some time figuring out a way to present this in a way that will make sense to a new visitor. The last thing you’ll want to do is overwhelm a visitor the first time they get to your site. Try to view your website through the lens of a fort-time visitor this will allow you to clear up any confusion and smooth out any rough areas. Proper content structuring, i.e., using categories and tags can go a long way. I hope this article has been helpful and you have a better idea at how to merge your marketing and design to make sure they’re complimenting each other, instead of taking away from their effectiveness. [post_title] => Why Your Website And Marketing Need To Be Speaking The Same Language [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => why-your-website-and-marketing-need-to-be-speaking-the-same-language [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-08-05 18:19:58 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-08-05 18:19:58 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3528 [menu_order] => 36 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [67] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3526 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2014-08-01 18:17:48 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-08-01 18:17:48 [post_content] => An email list should be the foundation of how you get in touch with your customers. Some people say that email marketing is dead, however, what they don’t realize is how effective email can be at reaching your customers. Social media is prevalent, however, it doesn’t confer the way it should. People are too distracted to actually pay attention to anything. However, when you’re granted access to a person’s inbox a whole world opens up. You can simply provide value to them, in the long run. Selling can be an afterthought. In this article we’re going to cover the reasons why an email list is your most important asset, as well as how you can optimize your email. 1. People give you permission A lot of marketing that exists today is simply an assault on people’s attention. However, people are getting used to this style of marketing and are beginning to pay attention to these ads. When someone give you their email address they are effectively giving you permission to talk to them. If you sell to them too frequently, there’s a good chance they’re going to unsubscribe. However, they are still waiting to receive an email from you. You’ve already got your foot in the door. There aren’t any other platforms that take down that first barrier to entry. 2. People live in their inboxes People are more overwhelmed with email than ever, this means that when they give you their email address they are letting you into their homes. Let’s face it people get more email than they know what to do with. Because of this people spend inordinate amounts of time in their inboxes. By being able to reach people where they spend the most time you’ll be able to market to them more effectively, and speak to them more often. The more frequently you’re able to engage with your customers the more likely they are to buy from you. 3. It’s harder to ignore email People don’t usually take the time to visit websites every single day. However, most people will check their inboxes every single day, usually multiple times. When you send an email, unless it goes to spam, there’s a great chance they’re going to read it, or at least have to look at your email. How do you build your email list? First, building an email list takes time. Even though, I’m sure you’re trying to reach success as fast as possible, it’s important to be selective with who subscribes to your list. After all, it’s not about the size of your list, but instead how responsive your list actually is. A list of 200 people who open every email will be more profitable, than a list of 3,000 where only one percent opens. You build your email list one person at a time. Find places to connect with your ideal readers, then provide them value, and make it easy to share your content and your emails. Over time, if you provide enough high value your list will grow. I hope this article has been helpful and you have a better understanding of why a list is so important to your online business success. [post_title] => Why Your Most Important Asset Is Your Email List [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => why-your-most-important-asset-is-your-email-list [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-08-01 18:17:48 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-08-01 18:17:48 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3526 [menu_order] => 37 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [68] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3523 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2014-07-27 18:16:59 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-07-27 18:16:59 [post_content] => Your branding and design need to be speaking the same language. The last thing you want is your visitor to be confused, and leave you site because they’ve had a bad experience. By having your branding and design align you’ll become a trustworthy resource for you customers and become the voice they come to time and time again. In this article we’re going to cover the reasons behind why your branding and design need to align, as well as a few steps to get you started in the right direction. Your website needs to build trust Aside from having a spectacular design, or magical messaging, your website exists for one reason alone. To build trust. People buy products from people they trust. Your website needs to inspire this trust in your visitors. When your branding and design align you’ll be able to communicate in a clear manner that instills faith in your customers. Have you ever came across a very concert website that leaves you feeling good inside? When people do business online they can already be weary, because they can’t see you face to face. However, if you’re truthful and in alignment there’s a good chance, people will associate you with good feelings. You and your business will be rewarded for this. How do I bring my branding and design into alignment? There are several ways to ensure you’re communicating from a place of alignment. However, the best place to start is with your business. If you’re clear in who you’re serving and how exactly you’re serving them, you’ll be lightyears ahead of most businesses. Once you have clarity around your customer, their unique needs, and how your business is primed to serve them. You’ll be ready to move onto other elements of aligning your branding and design. What’s your overall design style? The style of your website needs to agree with your business. For example, if you have a business that serves corporate clients you’ll want your style to be extremely professional. This means more muted color schemes and professional images and text. This wouldn’t be a good time for colorful backgrounds and pictures of your favorite animals. Your style will be influenced by your customers and what they’re looking for. Understand how each piece fits together Your design should be viewed as a container for your message. While both of those are working together to serve your customer and communicate how you can serve them. Your brand is what a person thinks of the moment someone mentions your brand. Each piece should fit nicely and help to construct the bigger picture you’re after. I hope this article has been valuable and you have a better understanding of how your website and branding can be aligned to help you communicate in a clear and effective manner. Most websites don’t take the time to have every piece in order. By taking the time with each step you’ll be well on your way towards having a website that stands out from the crowd. [post_title] => Why Your Branding And Design Need To Align [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => why-your-branding-and-design-need-to-align [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-07-27 18:16:59 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-07-27 18:16:59 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3523 [menu_order] => 38 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [69] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3521 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2014-07-23 18:16:02 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-07-23 18:16:02 [post_content] =>   iphone-youtubeThe appetite for video in the online world is huge, by tapping this market you’ll go a long way towards engaging your ideal customers. In this article we’re going to cover the steps you need to take if you want to market your business effectively when using video. Why should you create videos in the first place? The market for videos is huge. YouTube gets over four billion views a day, and that’s just one site. Imagine, if you can get a tiny portion of these visitors watching your videos and continuing onward to your website each and every day. The size of these platforms has caused a lot of companies to begin crafting unique videos to try and capture a slice of this viewership. What is the goal for everything you produce? Before you move forward with creating your video campaign you might want to take some time to set goals, that way you’ll be able to tell if video marketing is a good use of your time. Your goals can range from the number of pageviews, to the number of conversions to your website, to the overall message you’d like viewers to “get” out of your video. Make sure you decide on the purpose of your video before you move forward. Are you trying to educate and inspire your viewers? Or, maybe you’re trying to sell your services or products? Once you have the purpose of your video laid out you’ll be able to create a compelling call to action to intice visitors after viewing. What styles of video fit my audience best? There are virtually thousands of different styles of videos to choose from. This choice will be determined by your market and who the majority of your viewers will be. For instance, you wouldn’t make a video with cartoonish characters if your market is business professionals. By understanding your market you’ll be better able to predict their needs, and what they’d actually enjoy watching. However, make sure that your video is entertaining, or at least captivating. Most users of video sites like YouTube are looking to be entertained, by having a dull or boring video you won’t be doing anybody any favors. How else can I make my videos a hit? Marketing across the video medium can be very similar to any other platforms you’re used to using. For example, you’ll want to optimize your titles for SEO purposes by including certain keywords that your ideal visitors are most likely to be searching for. You’ll also want to make sure you have a description that entices viewers to click on. If your viewers have watched your video and are looking for more, you’ll want to make it as easy as possible. Aside from that remember that your videos don’t always have to be promotional, by simply entertaining your viewers you’ll keep them coming back for more. Another good idea, is to focus on education. Whatever you decide on, make sure it provides value of some sort. I hope this article has been valuable and you have a better idea at how to strategize for an effective video marketing campaign. [post_title] => Video Marketing 101: What You Need to Succeed Across This Medium [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => video-marketing-101-what-you-need-to-succeed-across-this-medium [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-07-23 18:16:02 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-07-23 18:16:02 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3521 [menu_order] => 41 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [70] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4530 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2014-07-21 01:42:33 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-07-21 01:42:33 [post_content] => A recent Craigslist post, "Busy NYC Restaurant Solves Major Mystery by Reviewing Old Surveillance", claims that customers playing on their phones and taking pictures are causing delays and cold food resulting in bad reviews. Before they came to this conclusion they hired a consultant to find out what was causing so many problems in their restaurant. They decided to review surveillance footage from 2004 and compare it to 2014.  Since the Craiglist post was made there have been a lot of people questioning if it is fake or not. Technology is supposed to make things easier and quicker. It is interesting to think that it may actually be slowing us down. We took the information from the post and designed the infographic below. So go ahead and read the original post if you would like or scroll down to see it visualized a little bit nicer than a giant block of text. Original Post is no longer live. Download the hi-res graphic here and don't forget to credit us with a link. [post_title] => Smart Phones Are Slowing Us Down *Infographic* [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => smart-phones-are-slowing-us-down-infographic [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-07-21 01:42:33 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-07-21 01:42:33 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=4530 [menu_order] => 0 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [71] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3519 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2014-07-20 18:14:07 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-07-20 18:14:07 [post_content] => Every year it seems as if the new trends have taken over the old. Will the new trends ever stop! It can be stressful to keep track of design changes, however, we believe it’s helpful to consistently track of the latest design trends throughout the year, just in case any of the updates will have a positive impact on the design of your website. This year there have been a lot of massive changes. Although, some of the trends haven’t lasted long, others have stuck around and made a big impact, such as responsive design. In this article we’re going to take a look at some of the biggest web design trends we’re going to see this year and beyond.

Flat design is the new black

Flat design keeps things very clean and modern. Think flat colors and sharp lines. Flat design has seen an increase in popularity, because it makes sense. The key focus of flat design is user experience. It does this extremely well, by providing more white space. By doing less, it ends up doing a lot more.

Responsive is becoming an industry norm

Responsive design is making headway towards becoming a web standard. The demand for a responsive website continues to grow and shows no signs of slowing down in the future. The demand for a great responsive website will continue to grow as long as the sales of smartphones and tablets continue to rise. You’ll want to have a platform that translates seamlessly across every single device. Clients are continuing to ask for responsive design, and knowing how to code a responsive website will soon become necessary knowledge for any developer.

Images reign supreme

High quality images can really help keep your readers engaged for a long period of tie. Images can also help to convey your brand in a deeper way than a few words can. Designers have been pushing the use of images, especially high resolution images, in their designs for years. Finally, it’s beginning to catch fire from a development perspective. Load times for bigger images have seen a rapid decrease in recent years, which will go a long way towards their continued use. The pricing of these images is also on a decline, which makes using these images much easier and cost effective.

Parallax grows in popularity

If you’ve browsed the web for more than five minutes last year, then I’m sure you’ve encountered a Parallax design. This style of design implements a scrolling feature, that focuses on beautiful images, and large typography. Parallax design works incredibly well for telling stories and making a brand stand out against the rest. We’ll see more features of this style of design implemented more in the future as well.

Typography gets the spotlight it deserves

The web is about typography. Finally, with recent developments this is truer than ever. There are now more high quality fonts available for a good price than ever before. This has reduced the barrier to entry for including creative fonts in a website, and they’re becoming more mainstream. Fonts are able to bring a lot of emotion to the table, and can help to tie together any other simple websites, that are focused on type.

Content becomes the biggest focus

We’ve always known the importance of content. However, now more than ever we’re seeing websites strip away everything and just focus on the content. Your content should be the backbone of your website anyways. A lot of designs are finally taking this to heart. I hope this article has helped you gain a better understanding of the current state of web design. The trends in web design always point towards a better user experience. A lot of the popular trends this year will continue to become mainstays for years to come. [post_title] => The Top Web Design Trends of 2014 [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => the-top-web-design-trends-of-2014 [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-07-20 18:14:07 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-07-20 18:14:07 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3519 [menu_order] => 39 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [72] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3517 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2014-07-16 18:13:01 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-07-16 18:13:01 [post_content] => Do you have a website that isn’t converting the way it should? Do you feel as if you’ve done everything you can yet you still hear crickets chirping when you look at your conversion rates. Often there’re a variety of reasons this is going to be the case. In this article we’re going to cover the steps you can take to ensure you’re increasing your conversions and thus increasing your business. Increasing your conversions has to do with a few web design strategies, as well as, an entirely different way to view your business. 1. Too many calls to action You might have heard that you need to direct your readers towards the next step for them to take. However, you’ll want to be careful as it’s easy to go overboard with the CTAs and you can actually end up leaving your readers more confused than they were to start. Instead of directing them with clarity, you’re lack of choosing the best option will leave them feeling overwhelmed. It’s your job to decide the most important option for your readers to take, and direct them to that option. After they’ve completed that first step then you can direct them toward what’s next. 2. Not using any images Images can help to communicate much more than words. If you’re selling a product, especially if it’s digital, you’ll want to make sure you’re using images. This will go a long way with increasing your buyer confidence. You can also use images of your and your team, so your readers can build a deeper connection with you before they decide to buy. 3. Lack of clarity Overwhelm happens all the time on the web. You’ll be doing your visitors a huge favor by not contributing to this noise. Make sure you take the time to distill the key elements of your site down to a simple message. Focus your messaging towards one customer and direct everything you have to that person. By focusing on everyone you get none, but by focusing on a single person you’ll attract every person who resonates with that description. 4. You have broken links and navigation You’d be blown away by the sheer number of sites that have broken or buggy navigation. If a user can’t navigate around your site there’s a good chance they’re going to leave and take their business elsewhere. You’ll also want to keep your navigation as simp as possible. Also, if you have broken links throughout your content you’ll want to fix these as well. Broken links stop the flow of content, and make your content seem less authoritative. 5. Lack of social proof If you aren’t documenting your success and highlighting your testimonials you should start as soon as possible. By having testimonials you’ll make your buyers more confident about what you’re offering. People are more likely to buy things from people they trust. I hope this article has been illuminating if you haven’t been receiving the conversion rates you’re looking for. By fixing some of the mistakes above you’ll see your conversion rates increase, however, it’s always important to test whenever you make a change so you know what’s working. [post_title] => The Top Reasons Your Website Isn't Converting Like It Should [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => the-top-reasons-your-website-isnt-converting-like-it-should [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-07-16 18:13:01 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-07-16 18:13:01 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3517 [menu_order] => 40 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [73] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3515 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2014-07-13 18:10:28 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-07-13 18:10:28 [post_content] => Content marketing can be a great way to grow your business. Often, it can be cheaper than traditional marketing, and can grow your business in the long term. That being said creating mountains of content can be time consuming. Because of this you’ll need to be smart about how you choose to spend your time. However, with a little forward thinking you’ll be able to avoid any mistakes that might arise. In this article we’re going to cover the five most common mistakes that occur during a content marketing campaign. Avoiding these mistakes are crucial, if you want to execute an effective campaign. 1. Not writing to an audience You’ll need to take your audience’s needs into account every time you produce a new piece of content. By setting aside the time to focus on your audience you can create something with better certainty that it will fulfill the needs of your audience. Build an audience profile on the pieces that have been most successful. This will help you to imitate this success and build upon it in the future. If you don’t take the time to position yourself in the beginning there’s a good chance you may actually be positioning yourself in the opposite direction of the audience you’re trying to attract. 2. Your content and brand are misaligned One of the greatest ways to ensure your brand and content strategy are aligned is to create evergreen content. Evergreen content is content that isn’t based upon trends or timely information, so it will serve the needs of your audience, potentially forever. These pieces of content should be seen as staples of your brand and can help you to establish authority within your niche. You’ll want your content to act as pillars that are holding up your brand. When your brand and content are misaligned this can bring a lot of confusion to the reader, which is never positive. 3. Not enough outreach When you create content you’ll want to ensure you’re distributing it effectively through various social media platforms, as well as other channels. If you’re simply writing for your own site you’re missing out on a lot of potential opportunities. Especially for traffic. Whenever you create a piece of content be sure to distribute it across a variety of social media platforms. It can also help to publish content on other blogs and websites within your niche as well, in the form of guest posting. 4. Selling too much The newest currency of the web is trust. If you’re doing things that erode this trust in the eyes of your readers, then your content strategy isn’t working. Value should be at the center of everything you produce. If you’re using the content you create to simply sell your products and services, then you’re bound to lose out on long term sales. By focusing on providing value over the long term, you’ll be left with a bunch of loyal customers who are happy to buy your products and promote your work. By reviewing the mistakes above you’ll be able to ensure you’re setting up your content marketing campaign for success. [post_title] => The Top Content Marketing Marketing Mistakes You Might Be Making [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => the-top-content-marketing-marketing-mistakes-you-might-be-making [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-07-13 18:10:28 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-07-13 18:10:28 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3515 [menu_order] => 42 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [74] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3513 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2014-07-10 18:07:46 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-07-10 18:07:46 [post_content] => A website can be a great tool for converting your traffic into fans, subscribers, and customers. However, if your website isn’t optimized properly you could be missing out on a ton of potential leads. You’ll want to make sure your site is acting as a bucket to your new visitors, instead of a colander. In this article we’re going to focus on the steps you need to take to increase your website’s conversions. Usually, it’s the simple changes that have a massive increase in the amount of conversions. 1. Emotional focus Nothing is worse than a website that treats a user like a robot, void of any emotions. Every buying decision is primarily an emotional decision. Make sure the copy and messaging of your website is in line with this. Too many websites attempt to sell their services and products by listing the features. Features are what makes the product stand out, however feature aren’t why people buy products. They buy them because of the benefits it can bring. Without listing an focusing on the benefits you’ll be missing out on a ton of potential sales and conversions. 2. Be human A lot of online businesses today hide behind their products and services, or even their websites. At the end of the day, business actually is a personal exchange. People love to do business with people, not just a corporate website or massive all of text. Even the simple things help to create this feeling. For example, you could add pictures of you and your employees, and also add pictures of people using your products if possible. The internet is a tool for connecting humans with other humans, it’s time to start treating it as such. 3. Consider a branding mascot Some very memorable brands have been successful at using a mascot to brand their company. By using a mascot you’ll increase the memorability of your website. People tend to remember a friendly mascot, and will think of your website when it’s time to use the services you offer. By using imagery in your branding you’ll stand out from the rest of your competitors. 4. Simplicity wins Some websites end up looking more like mazes, than websites. With web users growing increasingly impatient, if your website isn’t clear and effective, you’ll end up losing these visitors. If people can’t find what they’re looking for in a matter of minutes, there’s a good chance they’re going to leave. The more simple, clear and effective your website is, the more comfortable your visitors will be spending time there. 5. Use social proof By showcasing your testimonials and social proof you’ll take away some of the worry your customer feels when they’re doing business with you. If they can see that people like them have achieved similar results with your product or service, they’ll be more likely to purchase or sign up. 6. Test, test, test Lastly, you’ll want to continuously tweak your website, and implement changes one at a time. That way you’ll be able to see what works and what doesn’t. Making a habit of testing can be the difference between a good and bad conversion rate. I hope this article has been helpful and you have the know-how to increase the conversions on your website. Often, a single word can make a big difference in conversion rates. [post_title] => Simple Tips To Increase Your Website Conversions [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => simple-tips-to-increase-your-website-conversions [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-07-10 18:07:46 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-07-10 18:07:46 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3513 [menu_order] => 43 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [75] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3507 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2014-07-07 18:00:15 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-07-07 18:00:15 [post_content] => When people are in the mood to buy something they usually want to see it first. People rarely buy anything without doing the best they can to experience the product first-hand. However, it’s hard to have the experience in the online world, as sadly, you can’t test drive products. Unless, it’s a sample of a digital product. To compensate for this lack you'll need to work twice as hard. This means you’ll want to do whatever you can to make the product feel as alive as possible. Increasing your conversion rates is all about testing. By testing a variety of images on your website there’s a good chance your conversion rates will increase. In this article we’re going to cover how exactly you can use images to increase your conversion rates. 1. Use high quality images mud-demo-2-300x240 If you're using images you'll want them to be high quality. There’s no point to using low-quality images. In fact, if you end up losing low quality images they'll make it less likely that people will buy your product, or read your article. 2. Give alternative views If you’re selling a product the more images you can provide the better. This will give your viewers the best experience possible and will enable them to actually envision holding or using your product. If you have a bunch of images you can always include thumbnails as well. That way your user can choose which images they prefer to see. 3. Use Great CTA (Call to Action) Buttons Amazon was one leader in this space very early on. amazonbuy 4. Context matters If you’re selling a product it’s not just good enough to show it on its own. Have a few images that show the product being used. That way people can image themselves actually using the product. 5. Include a zoom feature People love to get a closer look when available. By having an available zoom feature you’ll make it easy for people to explore the product deeper, if that’s what they’re looking for. You’ll want to include as many “experiential” options as possible. 6. Avoid stock photos Stock photos are cheesy and don’t do anyone a favor. They make your products or articles seem less professional. When people see stock photos today they mostly ignore them, it’s as simple as that. 7. Use rotating images (if applicable) If you’re selling a product it can help to implement an interactive feature. This means being able to explore your picture an entire 360 degrees. You can even have images that begin to rotate automatically, which will give your viewer the full view of your product right away. Nike Custom ID is a great example of using this feature. 8. Use human photos Include pictures of people whenever possible. People love seeing, talking to, and buying from other people. If you want your conversions to skyrocket make your site as human as possible. 9. Include images in blog posts Add images to a blog post whenever possible. Images increase the readability of your posts, which increases the likelihood of sharing. Which can lead to increased business down the line. I hope this article has been valuable and you have a better understanding of how you can use images to increase your conversion rates. [post_title] => How To Use Images To Increase Conversions [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => how-to-use-images-to-increase-conversions [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-07-07 18:00:15 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-07-07 18:00:15 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3507 [menu_order] => 44 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [76] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3505 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2014-07-01 17:57:40 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-07-01 17:57:40 [post_content] => It seems as if responsive design is taking the web by storm. Everywhere you look websites are upgrading their sites to a responsive design. If you have a non-responsive website, you may be thinking about if you should make the switch or not. There are positives and negatives to both sides, however the real decision needs to be made in what’s going to be the best decision for your business. In this article we’re going to focus on what responsive design actually entails, as well as how you can make the decision to switch over to a responsive design or not. With the emergence of the mobile market it can be a smart decision to cater to this growing group. As this group continues to grow and possibly overtake the market of desktop users it would be smart move to switch over your design sooner rather than later. What is a responsive design? A responsive design essentially adjusts the design of your site to fit the window it’s displayed on. This means your site will look similar across any device it’s displayed on, although not exactly the same. Some older sites, simply have the same version of their site display, no matter the screen size. Responsive designs responds to the size of the screen. How would a responsive design benefit your company? A responsive design can go a long way towards increasing usability on a smaller screen. If a visitor gets to your site and has to spend extra time re-sizing the window, or trying to navigate on the tiny screen, there’s a good chance they’ll leave your site. Overall, your goal should be to serve your customers. Your website is essentially an extension of your website. If your website doesn’t serve your visitors what do you think this says about your service? If your site adds any extra steps to your users experience, then it’s not doing tis job. When you’re making the decision for responsive or not, you’ll want to consider the motivations of the person using your site. Is your site primarily a desktop experience, or do they have reasons for reading your website when they’re outside of the house? The motivations of your customer should shape your design. So, ensure you have a good understanding of your market before you move forward. A solid way to check out how your visitors are currently using your site, is to examine the analytics of your website. The analytics will be able to tell you how visitors are coming to your site, as well as the times when they’re viewing your site. With these details you’ll be able to make a better decision regarding the design. In which cases would you not need a responsive design? If you already have a separate mobile website there’s a good chance you don’t need to upgrade to a responsive design, at least not yet. Often, a mobile website will have been developed with the needs of your user in mind, so you won’t have to do any added research. As long as your website already caters to your visitor’s needs, you won’t have to do any added upgrades. Also, if you found earlier in your research that your website hardly gets any mobile traffic. Then you may not need a responsive website at this time. However, it’s important to keep checking in, as the mobile portion of your audience might not have developed yet. I hope this article has been helpful and you can make a better decision regarding the implementation of a responsive design. [post_title] => How To Tell If Responsive Design Is Right For You? [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [post_password] => [post_name] => how-to-tell-if-responsive-design-is-right-for-you [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-07-01 17:57:40 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-07-01 17:57:40 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3505 [menu_order] => 45 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [77] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3503 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2014-06-29 17:55:22 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-06-29 17:55:22 [post_content] => Websites are a wonderful medium to display different forms of content. However, if you spend enough time on your website design you’ll be able to convey a unique story to your reader. There are several ways to tell a unique story, however, the most common way to tell an effective story is to look at your site through the lens of a story. You can do this by developing a persona for your site that you can use throughout your design, along with a narrative. The ability to tell a story through your design begins back when you’re researching your design and crafting your content. The final piece is actually creating your website. In this article we’re going to highlight how you can craft a persona, and develop a narrative to use throughout. Craft a unique persona When you’re first building your persona you’ll want to ensure you’re targeting it towards your ideal person or persona. In this first stage your goal is to get a overarching perspective on your audience and the market you’re trying to appeal to. Once you have this nailed down you can confidently move forward to other aspects of your design. Next is developing your site persona. You site persona is an individual that makes up your site. Just like any individual, there will be many facets. For instance, this persona will encompass how your site looks, the overall style and even how your site behaves. Other elements that will contribute to your persona are: the key figures of your organization and any stories they have, as well as any quirky facts about your business. All of these areas work together to create a persona for your site. Develop an ongoing narrative A site narrative mostly comes to life through your content. You narrative is essentially how your content and design comes together to tell a unique story. Your narrative extends to every aspect of your site, and can even be seen as the rules for how things operate. From your blog posts, to comment section, to your navigation, to your purchase screens. Your narrative is the journey that a user goes through every single time they interact with your site. When you’re busy developing the narrative you’ll want to think about how the user will interact with every page of your site. This includes the progression you’ll want them to take. For instance, when a user lands on the home page do you want them to read your blog posts? Or, perhaps sign up for your newsletter? Your design and content should work together to move your visitors eyes around the page. I hope this article has been helpful and you have a better understanding about how your website can be used to craft a compelling story that will help to draw visitors into your site. After all, how many websites do you see that use storytelling to craft their unique message? Not many. By doing something unique and captivating you’ll astonish your visitors and have them coming back for more. [post_title] => How To Tell A Story Through Your Website's Design [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => how-to-tell-a-story-through-your-websites-design [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-06-29 17:55:22 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-06-29 17:55:22 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3503 [menu_order] => 46 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [78] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3501 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2014-06-27 17:53:10 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-06-27 17:53:10 [post_content] => Icons have been used for an incredibly long time in web design, however that doesn’t mean choosing the right icons is going to be an easy task. I’m sure you’ve come across websites before where the logos don’t make sense when compared with the rest of the design. In this case they don’t add anything, but it’s a fine line between detracting form your site’s design. It takes a lot of time and thinking to determine the correct use of each icon. Sometimes it’s the small details that are the most important. Besides just navigation, icons can help a reader to understand the context of your website, and even aid in understanding the overall message of your site. In this article we’re going to cover the importance of choosing the right icons for your site. Make sure you don’t gloss this over.

Icons need to be appealing

Your icons should be appealing to the eyes. You’ll want them to stand out against your screen and catch the eyes of your readers. Viewers tend to remember things that are beautiful, rather than not, so you’ll want your icons to be in this category. However, make sure they aren’t too loud, as they’ll stick out from the rest of your site.

Icons need to be universal

Your icons need to be clear. Your goal should be to avoid as much confusion as possible. Think of your icons as signs that are pointing your user to the next destination. You’ll want your icons to be unique, meaning not the same as the last site, but not too unique that they leave the reader baffled as to where the icon is going to lead them.

Icons should have consistency

If you forget about consistency in your icons, then you’ll end up breaking the flow of information on your website. You’ll also want your icons and your cool scheme to be in alignment. You want your design to have a balanced feel once your icons are included. The last thing to make sure you do is that your icons retain a consistent shape throughout.

Icons need to be complimentary

You’ll war the theme of your website and your icons to be in alignment. Just like you choose certain fonts to bring certain elements to your site, you’ll want to do the same with your icons. Will your icons be simple, outlandish, or funny? The choice is yours.

Your icons need to be purposeful

When you’re choosing your icons you’ll want to make sure they’re functional. Don’t just choose a set of icons, because you think they’re “cool”. The main purpose of your icons is to direct them to an area of your site, or take a certain action offsite. Make sure not to include any stylistic elements that will make them difficult to use. Keep your icons on point, and they’ll do exactly what they’re intended to do. You need to have a good understanding of the purpose behind choosing the icon set in the first place, the above areas of focus are a great place to start. Even the smallest things can make a huge impact in your website’s design. I hope this article has illuminated the effect that logos have on your design. [post_title] => How To Make Sure You Choose The Right Icons For Your Website [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => how-to-make-sure-you-choose-the-right-icons-for-your-website [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-06-27 17:53:10 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-06-27 17:53:10 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3501 [menu_order] => 47 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [79] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3498 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2014-06-24 17:51:37 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-06-24 17:51:37 [post_content] => Your analytics account can bring a lot of useful information into your business. If you aren’t using your analytics account to monitor traffic and checking it on a regular basis, then you’re missing out on an extremely useful source of data. You may think that analytics is only useful for traffic and running ad campaigns, however it can be used for much more than that. You can even use your analytics account to help you craft your overall content strategies. In this article we’ll take a look at how you can use the data hiding within your analytics accounts to help you produce content that serves your content better. If you’ve been trying to figure out how you can create content that aligns with your customers needs, then look no further. 1. Take note of keywords and total traffic Regardless of the analytics software you’re currently using you should be able to see your overall organic search traffic. Essentially, this will show you the keywords that are being used most frequently to access your site. This will give you an idea of how people are finding your site. This gives you an inside perspective on what your visitors are thinking the moment they open your site. For instance, your site could be getting traffic for a keyword you’ve never even thought to create content around. You’ll be able to take this information and serve this need within your market even better. When you do this you’ll provide even more value to your audience. The more you can cater to their needs, the more they’ll come back for more. Aside from simply uncovering hidden gems you’ll be able to find your biggest traffic keywords. By uncovering these you’ll be able to sculpt your message towards this segment of your audience. By being able to position your content towards the majority of readers that visit your site you’ll be able to build a stronger audience and thus a more sustainable business. 2. Mine your past most popular posts You can look at your analytics data to check out the traffic stats for your past posts. When searching throughout the archives you’ll be able to find your strongest pieces of content that resonated with your audience the most. That way you can craft content around these topics into the future. Perhaps, look at them from a different angle. Sometimes the posts that are bringing in the most traffic will be ones you’ve forgotten you even written. By understanding how your past content is resonating with your readers you’ll be able to have a tighter content strategy going into the future. 3. Check out overall page traffic This recommendation is similar to the last idea, regarding past posts. However, now we’ll be digging into the pages on your website. By taking a good look at the page performance on your site you’ll be able to see what pages have the most traffic, as well as which ones are performing the best. Once you have this knowledge at hand you’ll be able to create better optimized pages, and thus a site that serves your customers better. By constantly testing and monitoring these changes on your website you can eventually have a website that’s essentially perfect. Although, that’s a long way into the future. The more knowledge you have, and the more frequently you test and apply this knowledge the better. [post_title] => How To Improve Your Website's Content Through Google Analytics [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => how-to-improve-your-websites-content-through-google-analytics [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-06-24 17:51:37 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-06-24 17:51:37 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3498 [menu_order] => 48 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [80] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3491 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2014-06-22 17:47:05 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-06-22 17:47:05 [post_content] => It can be difficult to stay on top of the recent SEO changes. There's a lot of conflicting information out there, and it can be difficult to sift through all of the noise to find a strategy that works. If anything SEO has gotten simpler, more on page, and higher quality. You can't simply blast your way to the top like you used to be able to do, while following black hat strategies. Now and into the future, sites providing high quality information will continue to rise to the top. With all of the noise you’ve heard about SEO we want to simplify the process and show you how to take control of your onsite SEO. In this article we’re going to cover why you want to focus on onsite seo, the steps you can implement today, as well as a few pitfalls you’ll want to avoid.

Why Onsite SEO?

Onsite SEO is a crucial part of the SEO equation, it's not as big as the other parts, however it can make rankings easier if you do it correctly. Although, these steps can be easy to implement, people still tend to overlook its effectiveness. Essentially onsite seo gives Google an idea about what your site is about. The clearer you are the easier it will be to rank. Offsite SEO strategies will continue to evolve, however onsite strategies seem to remain more constant.

What Steps Should I Be Taking?

There are a few basic things you'll want to ensure you’re doing: By spending time on the above, you'll be on your way towards setting up your site for SEO success.

Is There Anything I Should Avoid Doing?

Most of the current onsite SEO penalties had to do with keyword over-optimization and content that simply offers no value to the readers. However, here are two things you’ll definitely want to avoid moving into the future. Overall, these onsite changes aren’t particularly difficult to implement. However, they will make your site earn rankings much faster. After all, wouldn’t you want to increase your chances for search engine rankings? [post_title] => How To Improve Your Onsite SEO For 2017 - Updated [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => improve-onsite-seo-2017-updated [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-22 17:20:58 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-22 17:20:58 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3491 [menu_order] => 8 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [81] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3488 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2014-06-20 17:45:33 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-06-20 17:45:33 [post_content] => Content marketing should be at the cornerstone of any attempts to grow your business. Although the short term effects of content marketing aren’t very strong, it’s one of the best long term investments you can make into your business. After all, it’s hard to get noticed in today’s business world, and traditional advertising is making it even harder to cut through all the noise. Users of the web today aren’t looking for more ads, instead they’re looking for better content. The companies that provide the best content will win out in the long run. In order to run an effective content marketing campaign you need to have a strategy that fits your market’s needs. Sometimes, we all need the reminder that business isn’t about us, it’s about our customers. In this article we’re going to cover what you’ll need to do if you’d like to run an effective content marketing campaign. 1. Find great sources Often you’ll want look outside of your company for sources. A lot of companies make the mistake of simply quoting themselves, or talking about their business the entire time. The goal of your content should be to provide value, but also encourage sharing. No one is going to share anything if your post basically acts as one giant billboard for your company. You can reach outside of your company, but pull quotes from big names in your niche. People will be more likely to share content that has expert opinions from people they trust. 2. Focus on quality Quality trumps everything. Most of us can spot good writing. However, sometimes it takes time to find a talented writer who can stick with your content needs. You’ll want a writer that can convey the messaging of your company, while still, providing value to the reader. 3. Go beyond words Words will only get your so far. Try to add images or enticing video to your content. The more interactive your media the better chance there is at people actually reading it, and hopefully sharing. 4. Engage socially Social media should be used as a distribution channel for your work. Aside from publishing your content across a few social platforms yourself, you’ll want to integrate social sharing into your content. 5. Distribute correctly If you aren’t finding the right channels to share your content, then there’s really no need to be creating content in the first place. For example, build relationships with relevant bloggers in your niche. Or even work with an SEO specialist to help your content gain search engine rankings. Writing your content isn’t good enough, you’ll need to get it in front of people who want to read it. 6. Relate back to your business When you produce any piece of content make sure that’s it’s clear that your business produced it. You’ll want to include links back to your site, if applicable, or at least be able to have a byline at the end that points to your website. I hope this article has been helpful and your understanding of the complex world of content marketing has increased. Remember, it’s not more information that will make any changes in your business, but how you use that information. [post_title] => How To Execute An Effective Content Marketing Campaign [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => how-to-execute-an-effective-content-marketing-campaign [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-06-20 17:45:33 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-06-20 17:45:33 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3488 [menu_order] => 7 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [82] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3486 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2014-06-17 17:44:13 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-06-17 17:44:13 [post_content] => When you’re creating content for your site you’ll want to make sure you’re operating with SEO principles in mind. This will help to guarantee that the content you’re creating will help to grow your search engine rankings. If you’ve been following any of the SEO changes in recent years, then I’m sure you’ve seen the recent shake ups. You’ll want to make sure the content you’re creating is going to make an impact for years to come, instead of simply gaining you short term business. In this article we’re going to cover how you can create content that will help to grow your search engine rankings, now and into the future. The Future Of Search Engines Search engines are changing, in fact they have been for a while now. Gone are the days where you could throw up a page of keyword stuffed copy and hope to rank for a set of keywords. Of course, there are still ways you can game the system, however, when it comes to building a thriving business, this isn’t where you want your focus to be. The goal of search engines is to provide value to their customers. In this case their customers are people who are using search engines. Overall, the goal of search engines is to provide the best experience possible to their users. This means quality content that solves their problems. If your content meets this need now and into the future, you will rank. Websites that focus on old SEO strategies won’t stick around through the next few algorithm updates. It’s important to upgrade your content strategy now and focus on quality and value. What Your Content Needs To Succeed Today your content needs to play multiple roles. Every piece of content you create says something about your business. This means you’ll want to only produce quality content. Aside from quality, you’ll want to produce content that’s captivating, and also easy to share. In essence you’ll want to prep your content for success and give it the best possible chance to succeed in this new digital ecosystem. Do Keywords Matter? One of the biggest questions on everybody’s mind is the inclusion of keywords. Yes, including keywords helps to let the search engines know what your site is about, however it’s important not to focus solely on keyword inclusion. Instead of placing your focus on a single keyword, see if you can target a group of long-tail keywords will every piece of content you create. This will extend you reach as well as help you pick up added search engine traffic. Integrate Social Make it easy for people to share your content. Social shares are becoming increasingly important for search engine rankings. This will only continue to become more prevalent in the future. The more people that share your content the more value it will provide, which aligns perfectly with your long term content strategy. I hope this article has been effective in helping you to craft content that will provide value to your readers and the search engines alike. Creating meaningful content should be a cornerstone of your business. There aren’t many methods of marketing that exist today that can provide such a long term return. [post_title] => How To Create Content That Increases Your Search Engine Rankings [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => how-to-create-content-that-increases-your-search-engine-rankings [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-06-17 17:44:13 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-06-17 17:44:13 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3486 [menu_order] => 6 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [83] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3477 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2014-06-14 17:39:57 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-06-14 17:39:57 [post_content] => If you haven’t considered using blogging to grow your audience, business and overall reach, then you’re missing out on a huge potential for traffic. Blogs are and will continue to be excellent sources to grow your business and traffic, which means more potential customers. Blogging is a great way to showcase your expertise and demonstrate your value, before a customer decides to work with you. By giving away your best for free you’ll attract more and more customers who will love to work with you. In this article we’re going to cover the benefits of blogging and why blogging should be a mainstay of your marketing strategy. Blogging Has An Unlimited Shelf-Life When you write a quality post it has the potential to serve your customers and bring in traffic for a long time, in some cases as long as your business is in operation. If you focus on creating evergreen content, essentially content that doesn’t rely on timely information, then what you write can serve your customers for years. Imagine, something you write now has the potential to consistently bring in new customers and traffic for years to come. Blogging Can Increase Your Search Engine Presence There’a a lot of talk about search engine optimization, and what is and isn’t working. However, one thing is certain, if you create high-quality, sharable content then no matter what happens with Google’s algorithms, your content will never be de-valued. If you focus on serving your customers above all else, then your rankings will take care of themselves. Instead of having to game the search engines, you can rest easy, knowing that if you focus on great content, that you’ll bring in traffic over the long-term. Blogging Can Showcase Your Expertise In a world where everyone is an expert, blogging can really help you stand out from the crowd. Instead of hiding behind your products and services, you’ll be able to interact and provide value directly to your visitors. Who are people more likely to work with? Someone who has already provided them value without any cost? Or, a person who isn’t helping their customers until money changes hands? The former wins almost every time. With the dizzying array of choices, people don’t simply have to take your work anymore. They can research and compare. By blogging and solving your customers needs you can build a loyal following which will be eager to buy your services and products. It Can Increase Your Connections In the business world connections can be extremely valuable. By blogging you’ll not only be able to build connections with your audience and visitors, but other’s in your niche as well. You can even guest blog on other sites and start to build relationships with other bloggers and business owners. This might not bring you anything right away, but down the road they may be able to help you promote a product or service you’re offering. Gone are the days of relying on local advertising and other media channels to promote your business. With blogging you can effectively be everywhere at once, which will allow your customers to come to you, instead of constantly having to market and self-promote. If your content is good enough, your business will spread. [post_title] => Content Matters, Why Blogging Needs To Be Part of Your Marketing Strategy [post_excerpt] => If you haven’t considered using blogging to grow your audience, business and overall reach, then you’re missing out on a huge potential for traffic. Blogs are and will continue to be excellent sources to grow your business and traffic, which means more potential customers. Blogging is a great way to showcase your expertise and demonstrate your value, before a customer decides to work with you. By giving away your best for free you’ll attract more and more customers who will love to work with you. [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => content-matters-why-blogging-needs-to-be-part-of-your-marketing-strategy [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-06-14 17:39:57 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-06-14 17:39:57 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3477 [menu_order] => 9 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [84] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3509 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2014-06-06 18:03:56 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-06-06 18:03:56 [post_content] => viral-content-marketingCreating content that people want to share is just as much of an art as it is a science. You’ll need to bring both intuition and execution to the table. Essentially, your role will be the architect of your content. No matter how great your content is, in the end everything is about people. People want to share things that they feel they are a part of, as well as make them look good. Readers will also share things that are amazing, so this should be your end goal every time you set out to write something. In this article we’re going to cover what you’ll need to know if you want to create sharable content. Maybe the next piece of content you create will get enough shares that it will go viral. Trying to create content that people love doesn’t have to be a mystery anymore. In fact, besides just creating content, a huge part of the process involves promotion and knowing where to share your content.

1. You need to care

Everything starts with showing that you care. People won’t share things from people they don’t care about, or at least don’t trigger those same emotions. The key concept here is to listen to the needs of your audience and marketplace, and do you best to serve those needs with your content. It can help to spend time listening to the current needs of the marketplace and address those with your content. Another helpful strategy is to attempt to anticipate future needs of your niche. Begin with starting a conversation, the selling can come later. Simply recognize what your followers care about and then deliver content that addresses those needs. Besides the focus on your readers, you should ensure that you inject a little bit of yourself into your writing.

2. Tap into emotions

Emotions are the core of all decision making. People share things because of the way it makes them feel, or because of how it will hold up or enhance their image. By producing content that resonates with your readers they’re atomically more enticed to share your content, which increases its chances of spreading rapidly. Use the knowledge you’ve gathered to tap into your customer’s biggest needs. That will encourage them to participate in the sharing and spreading of the message.

3. Act fast

Viral events, or at least events that have viral potential happen all the time. It’s your job to ensure you’re positioned effectively to act when one of these events happens. This means wiring an article about a current event that related to your audiences. In these cases your creativity can truly come in handy.

4. Entertain

We remember things that entertain us. It’s as simple as that. If you create something that’s entertaining, what you create will not only be remembered, but it has a better chance of being shared. People are also more likely to share something if they’re in high spirits.

5. Lead with passion

People love to get behind passionate people. If you’re spreading an idea that you truly care about people are more likely to rally behind the message or cause, especially if it connects with something deeper within them. I hope this article will help you to create content that your readers will love to share and will increase your customer engagement. [post_title] => Simple Steps To Creating Viral Content [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => simple-steps-to-creating-viral-content [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-06-06 18:03:56 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-06-06 18:03:56 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3509 [menu_order] => 5 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [85] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4229 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2014-04-13 09:26:52 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-04-13 09:26:52 [post_content] => Content curation is a new way to distribute content to your audience. Content curation is basically the craft of scouring the web for unique content and dispersing it to your readers. You can use the strategies we’ll highlight below to build your fan and customer base. Curation has been around for a long time, however using the curation model on the web is fairly new. We’re going to highlight how content curation can help to grow your customer base. It’s important to realize that content curation is a long term investment, keep this in mind if you want to test this strategy out for your business. The only way to succeed as a curator is to have a wide range of content to draw from. If your business niche doesn’t have that much new content, it might be helpful to cast your net a little wider. The steps below will help to get your curation career headed in the right direction. This is how Mashable started as well as Slashdot.org.

1. Know your audience

Understanding your audience is one of the most crucial steps in your career as a content curator. Decide on who you’re trying to attract and the type of audience you want to build. With the focus narrowed down, you’ll be able to source and distribute content that serves this niche in the most effective manner possible.

2. Niche down your topics

You'll need to have the needs of yourself and the needs of the audience in mind, when you're trying to find content to source from. From that perspective you’ll be able to build your expertise on a specific topic, hopefully related to your business. As opposed to being a curator of seemingly random things. Your brand as a curator needs to go through the same process as building a brand for your company. You'll want people to associate you with the label to the niche you’re trying to represent. If you’re the person your readers come to when they need new information on a given topic, then you're doing your job effectively.

3. Choose from the best

You'll need to consistently post the best content. The kind of content that brings readers back over and over again. You effectively act as a filter for the content out there in the world, and are responsible for delivering gems to your readers. By delivering amazing content you’ll be seen as more reliable in the eyes of your readers. Even in curation it’s not always about quantity. Yes, you’ll need to post content frequently. But, it’s the quality that will make you stand head and shoulders above the rest.

4. Consistently curate

You'll need to curate and share content on a regular basis. Depending on your niche this could be several times a day, or just once a week. You’ll also want to ensure the content you’re delivering resonates with your readers. Have an understanding of your market and always deliver what they’d want to read. [post_title] => Can You Use Content Curation To Grow Your Business? [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => can-use-content-curation-grow-business [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-25 01:58:45 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-25 01:58:45 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=2346 [menu_order] => 1 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [86] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3483 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2014-04-08 17:41:57 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-04-08 17:41:57 [post_content] => Communicating in a clear and concise way should be at the core of your website’s design. If you want your users to have a positive interaction with your website, you’ll want to ensure your messaging and your design are speaking the same language. Even the smallest mismatch can leave your visitors feeling confused. Regardless of the style of website your business needs, you can benefit from having a design and messaging that are in alignment. In this article we’re going to highlight the steps you can take to ensure your website is an effective vehicle for your message. Often, it can feel as if the aesthetics are the most important part of your user’s experience, however if they don’t align you’ll have a beautiful website that doesn’t provide any value.

Use of Visual Media on Your Website

Different visual mediums helps your users to connect with you in a deeper way. After all, people want to do business with people, not just websites or faceless businesses. Images will help you to connect with your readers on a more emotional level. This doesn’t mean you should rely solely on images, but they should be a crucial part to your design. You’ll want your images to balance out the text on your site, not to dominate the spectrum. Videos can also be utilized properly, to help build an even deeper connection with your visitors. Of course, this depends upon your style of business. But, by using videos you’ll be able to bond with your readers in ways you might not be able to do through other means.

Different Design Elements

We’ll begin with the overall design style of your site. Your style is the overall feel you’re going for. For instance, a yoga studio will have a very warm and relaxing feel, while a rock climbing gym will have a more intense feel, blockier fonts, and louder colors. Other elements of your design include, icons, fonts and color scheme. You’ll want everything on this level to be speaking the same language. Your color scheme can say a lot about your business without you actually saying anything. Colors evoke certain emotional responses at a subconscious level. You can even use color to draw your readers eye around your page, and highlight important elements.

Main Elements To Focus On

It’s easy to communicate, but it’s hard to communicate clearly. A visitor usually makes their decision about your site in the first few seconds. By communicating in a clear manner you’ll allow the visitor to make a better decision. You can reduce their overwhelm in a few ways. The easiest is to reduce clutter, and keep your phrasing simple. Everything your website does should be done to build trust. You can do this in a variety of ways, but a great way is to highlight social proof. You can do this by showing your customer testimonials, or highlighting your number of subscribers. I hope this article has been helpful and you have a better understanding of the steps you need to take to ensure your website is a lean, clean, communication machine. Simply throwing up a website is no longer enough, you’ll need to differentiate yourself from the rest of the noise, by having a coherent message and beautiful design. [post_title] => How To Build A Website That Communicates Your Message [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => how-to-build-a-website-that-communicates-your-message [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-04-08 17:41:57 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-04-08 17:41:57 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3483 [menu_order] => 2 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [87] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 3463 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2014-04-02 17:29:48 [post_date_gmt] => 2014-04-02 17:29:48 [post_content] => As a business owner it’s essential that you properly optimize every aspect of your business. The most commonly overlooked element is your website. However, your website could be and should be a major source of traffic. By ensuring your website isn’t committing the following five mistakes you’ll be well on your way towards building a high converting website. In this article we’re going to highlight a few common web design mistakes. Although most of these mistakes don’t have to do with logo design or issues commonly thought of as “design”, each of these elements do contribute to the overall design and message of your site. 1. Spelling Errors Spelling errors are a simple mistake that end up taking away for your overall authority. For example, if a customer lands on your website, is reading your services, and finds a “your”, “you’re”, error there’s a high chance they won’t take you as seriously. This is a very easy area to overlook, but it can be extremely important. Take the time to double or triple check your blog posts and copy. Obviously, some errors might slip by, but you’ll want to do you best to minimize this occurrence. 2. Confusing Navigation Once a visitor gets to your site, they’ll have to choose where they want to go next. If your website isn’t very usable and the user can’t find what they’re looking for, there’s a good chance they’re going to leave your site. Instead of being confusing, your navigation should be clear and seamless. You can also overwhelm your visitors with options. Make sure you only include what’s necessary. Put yourself in the seat of a new visitor, how would they react to your website? 3. No Sharing Integration Sharing is becoming a bigger part of SEO strategies and business growth strategies in general. Having more followers and likes can help to convey your authority within your niche. Also, with SEO algorithm updates consistently occurring, you can bet that social media will continue to play a larger role. Visitors to your site will often want to share something they liked. By not giving them this option it can actually confuse your visitor. As an added bonus the social proof embedded within your articles can actually cause more people to want to share them. 4. No CTAs If you’re driving traffic to your website and not optimizing your CTAs then you’re really missing out on a huge opportunity. If you aren’t sending your visitors to where you want them to, then your traffic is basically useless. Invest some time and research into crafting compelling CTAs that will entice you reader to move forward with your services, or sign up to your list, to a host of other possibilities. Remember, when crafting your CTAs always have your customer in mind and use emotional language if possible. 5. Lack Of Focus On Content Content needs to be the backbone of your website. Good, purposeful content can carry a low-quality design, but not-visa versa. The content you create needs to provide immense value to your readers and give them a reason to keep coming back to your site. Great content encourages sharing, builds your authority, grows your traffic, and will make your readers love you. There are virtually no downsides towards investing your time into writing the best articles you possibly can. I hope this article has been helpful and you have a better understanding of how you can improve your website and have it work for you, instead of simply taking up space. By fixing any of the web design mistakes above you’ll be well on your way towards patching any holes your website currently has and priming it for future growth. [post_title] => 5 Crucial Web Design Mistakes You Might Be Making [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => 5-crucial-web-design-mistakes-you-might-be-making [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2014-04-02 17:29:48 [post_modified_gmt] => 2014-04-02 17:29:48 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=3463 [menu_order] => 31 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [88] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4237 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2013-11-21 17:00:16 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-11-21 17:00:16 [post_content] => instagram Most people assume Instagram is just fun and games. However, it is a great tool for marketers to use to promote their businesses. We get the this question quite often and we figured we would share some knowledge. How do you post your Instagram photos automatically to your Facebook Business Page? Here's how to do it:
  1. Launch the Instagram app from the Home screen of your iPhone.
  2. Tap on the Profile icon in the bottom navigation. It's the one to the far right.
  3. Now tap on the Settings icon in the upper right hand corner.
  4. Under Preferences tap on Share Settings.
  5. Now tap on Facebook.
  6. Under Facebook options, tap on Share to which is defaulted to your personal timeline.
  7. Instagram should now route you to Facebook where you'll get a message asking if you give Instagram permission to manage your pages. Tap Ok.
  8. You'll now be routed back to Instagram where a complete list of all the pages you manage will now be present. Just tap on the one you'd like your Instagram photos to automatically filter to.
instagram-to-fb-fanpage-1 instagram-to-fb-fanpage-2 Need help managing your social media presence? Let's talk! [post_title] => How to post Instagram photos to Facebook Fan Page [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => post-instagram-photo-facebook-fan-page [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-09-28 04:28:21 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-09-28 04:28:21 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=2285 [menu_order] => 21 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [89] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4236 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2013-09-17 21:31:09 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-09-17 21:31:09 [post_content] => lawyer-linkedinFlorida attorneys beware, you must now be Board Certified in your area of practice if you plan on advertising it under "Skills & Expertise" on LinkedIn. In a  response to an inquiry regarding the matter,  Cynthia E. Booth, Assistant Ethics Counsel, The Florida Bar says, "a lawyer can only state or imply that the lawyer is 'certified',  a 'specialist', or an 'expert' if the lawyer is certified by The Florida Bar, by a certification program accredited by the American Bar Association, or by a state bar with certification standards comparable to those of The Florida Bar."  However, it is important to note, that the Florida Bar does not offer board certification in all areas of specialty. This will leave some wiggle room, especially for those who practice in an area in which board certification is not offered. It is recommended to err on the side of caution and make sure all social media accounts are compliant with Florida’s new advertising rules. These rulings seem to be the trend, as New York has also made a similar ruling. To read the full statement from The Florida Bar, please click here. [post_title] => LinkedIn Lawyers Legal Update [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => linkedin-lawyers-legal-update [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2013-09-17 21:31:09 [post_modified_gmt] => 2013-09-17 21:31:09 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=2107 [menu_order] => 30 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [90] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4235 [post_author] => 3 [post_date] => 2013-09-11 23:34:19 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-09-11 23:34:19 [post_content] => Recently 1Sale.com rebranded from 1SaleADay.com to 1Sale.com. They hired us to do their corporate video overview explaining the transformations their website was going through as well as some infrastructure changes the company was doing to improve customer service and shipping times. With the recent launch it was nice to see they took a screen grab from the video to include in their newsletter. 1sale image newsletter We are very proud of this video and as of 9-11-13 it has close to 11k plays! 1saleplays [post_title] => 1Sale.com Redesign [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => 1sale-com-redesign [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2013-09-11 23:34:19 [post_modified_gmt] => 2013-09-11 23:34:19 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=2071 [menu_order] => 22 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [91] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4234 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2013-09-10 16:36:52 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-09-10 16:36:52 [post_content] => 1SaleADay.com has rebranded to 1Sale.com. They implemented a new modern design and under the hood features such as speed increases and package tracking. To explain all the new updates, 1Sale.com hired Brandamos to create an explanatory video of all the changes they made to their site. [post_title] => 1Sale.com Video [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => 1sale-com-video [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2013-09-10 16:36:52 [post_modified_gmt] => 2013-09-10 16:36:52 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=2036 [menu_order] => 23 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [92] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4233 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2013-09-10 03:44:57 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-09-10 03:44:57 [post_content] => On The Book is a subsidiary of On The Ball marketing company based here in Fort Lauderdale. We've worked with OTB on several occasions and this time they asked us to produce a video that will help explain their new service. On The Book allows businesses to customize any published book in the world with their brand and message. Check out the video that we produced for On The book. [post_title] => On The Book - Explainer Video [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => book-explainer-video [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-15 13:03:46 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-15 13:03:46 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=2033 [menu_order] => 24 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [93] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4232 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2013-09-10 03:18:21 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-09-10 03:18:21 [post_content] => We're excited to announce the launch of one of our latest clients websites, Innovative Hospitality Concepts. We love the story of how they found us. They found us because we are ranked on google for terms that are related to SEO in Fort Lauderdale. When they came to us they had an outdated website and no search engine presence. Their new website is build on the Wordpress content management system and it's extremely easy for their staff to update content and post blogs.   Innovative Web Site Design   Check out the work we did for Innovative Hospitality Concepts here. [post_title] => Innovative Hospitality Website Launch [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => innovative-hospitality-website-launch [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-10-03 00:16:56 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-10-03 00:16:56 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=2029 [menu_order] => 25 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [94] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4231 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2013-09-10 03:07:43 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-09-10 03:07:43 [post_content] => The pogo stick...when was the last time you heard anyone mentioned that old toy? Well, it's making a come back. We worked with Flybar, the original inventor of the pogo stick in 1918, to relaunch their brand with a fresh new digital presence. Their goal was to take what is traditionally known as an iconic toy and bring it into the 21st century with a focus on the extreme pogo stick market. We launched the site just in time for then to debut it at the 10th annual Xpogo Pogopalooza. Pogo Stick Website Pogo Stick Website Refresh This was a great project to work on. Not only did we get to work with an iconic brand, we got to pogo around the office too. Check out more of the work we did with Flybar on their website and videos. [post_title] => Pogo Stick Website Launch [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => pogo-stick-website-launch [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-24 18:38:18 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-24 18:38:18 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=2021 [menu_order] => 26 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [95] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4230 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2013-08-24 04:21:04 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-08-24 04:21:04 [post_content] => If you have ever been to Fort Lauderdale Beach you may have seen the lifeguard towers. This is a HDR photo of one of those lifeguard towers on Fort Lauderdale beach. iconic-fort-lauderdale-lifeguardtower [post_title] => The Iconic Fort Lauderdale Lifeguard Towers [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => iconic-fort-lauderdale-lifeguard-towers [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2013-08-24 04:21:04 [post_modified_gmt] => 2013-08-24 04:21:04 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=1908 [menu_order] => 27 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [96] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4228 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2013-07-17 01:56:22 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-07-17 01:56:22 [post_content] => yokmart If Kmart was a person we'd be slappin' them a high five right now. In April they rolled out the first of a series of new commercials with their Kmart Ship My Pants commercial. Then, in May they released the hysterical Big Gas Savings commercial. Now, if you haven't seen this video yet do us a favor...Say 'Big Gas Savings' quickly and thinking about it for a second. Pretty funny, right? Hysterical!   Now Kmart is back with some throw back 'Yo Mama' jokes. The Kmart Back To School Layaway commercial is sure to bring you back to grade school. However, these 'Yo Mama' jokes probably aren't the same ones you were saying on the playground. [post_title] => High Five Kmart! [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => high-five-kmart [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2013-07-17 01:56:22 [post_modified_gmt] => 2013-07-17 01:56:22 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=1856 [menu_order] => 28 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [97] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 1801 [post_author] => 3 [post_date] => 2013-07-04 12:42:27 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-07-04 12:42:27 [post_content] => Brandamos recently had the chance to get our hands on a Glide Gear 5050 and the Rokinon 14mm 2.8 prime lens. With its wide field of view we thought it was a perfect opportunity to film a pogo video. On a glide cam the ultra wide lens is just a thing of beauty because of how much space is around your focal point. Although the Rokinon is the budget option compared to something like the Canon 14mm, it is a cost savings of more than $1800 for above average optics and a little hassle of fully manual lens. This pogostick is the Flybar 800. It is essentially the supercar of Pogosticks. In this video Alex demonstrates why pogoing is such a fun activity. Hope you like it.

Flybar Going to NYC

Brandamos will be at Pogopalooza filming the event for Flybar so if you are out there come say hi. [post_title] => Flybar Video Going to NYC [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [post_password] => [post_name] => flybar-video-going-to-nyc [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2013-07-04 12:42:27 [post_modified_gmt] => 2013-07-04 12:42:27 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=1801 [menu_order] => 20 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [98] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4227 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2013-04-18 14:55:00 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-04-18 14:55:00 [post_content] => kmart ship my pants   You just can't help but laugh at a poop joke. Like typical big box store commercials they tend to get lost in a sea of ordinary. However, Kmart decided to stand out from the typical and we are saluting them for it. We love when brands take a chance and really "go for it". On April 10th, Kmart released their pun-filled "Ship My Pants" commercial online which racked up 12 million views in the first week. "We're very excited about the video. We thought it was irreverent, funny humor," said Shannelle Armstrong-Fowler, a spokeswoman for Kmart. In the ad, a Kmart employee explains to a customer the free shipping policy, the customer, responds "Ship my pants, right here? Ship my pants, you're kidding."  Scene cuts to an older woman saying, "I just shipped my pants, and it's very convenient." While another woman declares, "I just shipped my drawers." At which point an older gentleman says "I just shipped my bed." You have to see if for yourself.   [post_title] => Kmart Ship My Pants [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => kmart-ship-my-pants [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2013-04-18 14:55:00 [post_modified_gmt] => 2013-04-18 14:55:00 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=1743 [menu_order] => 19 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [99] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4226 [post_author] => 3 [post_date] => 2013-03-22 04:23:49 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-03-22 04:23:49 [post_content] => Brandamos had the opportunity to work on a product that a client brought to us. Our client wanted to promote it online with an interesting 20 something second commercial. After hearing a story that the client used her lip gloss to help her brother fix a car on the side of the road, we decided that was the moment we should try and recreate with a little style. [vimeo_DD id="63923488" color="#00ADEF"][/vimeo_DD] [post_title] => Rio Glam Lip Gloss Commercial [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [post_password] => [post_name] => rio-glam-lip-gloss-commercial [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2013-03-22 04:23:49 [post_modified_gmt] => 2013-03-22 04:23:49 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=1705 [menu_order] => 18 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [100] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4225 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2013-03-12 04:08:40 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-03-12 04:08:40 [post_content] => We were honored to take on the redesign and brand uplift of Body Mechanics Fitness and Training gym. The website was launched today after several years of the same stagnant design. Brandamos utilized Wordpress, to bring this gym's online presence to life. 99% of the photographs used on the Body Mechanics website were shot by Brandamos. Now the gym has a website that performs across multiple browsers as well as phones and tablets. Customers can now reserve spots for personal training and other classes like Spinning. Brandamos also gave Body Mechanics the ability to update their class calendar which can vary from week to week. On the old site it was a hardcoded html calendar and never was correct. The staff now have a website where customers can interact with the website through the calendar, contact forms, reserving personal training, or signing up to join the gym, all while displaying important information for current and potential customers. Brandamos also created a sizzle video highlighting the gym's high points with a special focus on the amazing spinning room. The professional HD video is to be used as a promotional tool and to show prospective customers what the gym is all about. [post_title] => Body Mechanics Website Launch [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => body-mechanics-website-launch [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2013-03-12 04:08:40 [post_modified_gmt] => 2013-03-12 04:08:40 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=1692 [menu_order] => 11 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [101] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4224 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2013-02-20 16:03:09 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-02-20 16:03:09 [post_content] => Everyone loves cheap! However, it's the "cheap" price that they love so much and not the "cheap" quality. Is it possible to get cheap and great? Only you can decide whether its worth being cheap when it comes to design that is going to reflect your business, your brand, your reputation. Now throw in "Fast"! It needs to be done yesterday, in an hour, by later this afternoon. Sure, it can be done but in most cases these things could have been planned weeks or months in advance. Don't wait until the last minute to just throw something together just to get it out the door. When it comes to your business and your brand you can not afford to rush something out the door. Take your time, strategize and develop a plan of action. Then design greatness. Fast and cheap web design - can't happen [post_title] => How would you like your graphic design? [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => how-would-you-like-your-graphic-design [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2013-02-20 16:03:09 [post_modified_gmt] => 2013-02-20 16:03:09 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=1643 [menu_order] => 29 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [102] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4223 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2013-02-19 14:19:58 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-02-19 14:19:58 [post_content] => Businesses that are online are expected to grow 40% faster and create nearly twice as many new jobs. It is good for the community and it is good for the economy. This year more people will access the internet from their mobile phone than from a desktop. So, having a website that is optimized for mobile devices such as smart phones and tablets is more important than ever. [post_title] => Why Does Your Business Need a Website? [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => why-does-your-business-need-a-website [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2013-02-19 14:19:58 [post_modified_gmt] => 2013-02-19 14:19:58 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=1640 [menu_order] => 4 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [103] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4221 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2013-01-14 03:36:12 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-01-14 03:36:12 [post_content] => Located in the Weston Town Center,in Weston Florida, J.G. McGuinness is everything, but a local dive bar. J.G's commitment to quality and authenticity to a real Irish Bar is unlike any local bar around. With furniture directly from Ireland and a draught system with all your favorite beers along with a nice selection of craft beers, you'll feel like you are in Ireland without the jetlag. Sadly, JG McGuinness has closed. [gallery columns="4" link="none" ids="2476,2471,2465,2460"] [post_title] => Photo Series: JG McGuinness [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => photo-series-jg-mcguinness [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-03 19:01:18 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-03 19:01:18 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=1584 [menu_order] => 12 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [104] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 1575 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2013-01-14 03:27:46 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-01-14 03:27:46 [post_content] => Mario's Catalina Restaurant was recently recognized as the #1 restaurant in Fort Lauderdale by Trip Advisor. Mario serves up some traditional and some modern spanish and Cuban cuisine...and some killer mojitos! This is a must visit whether you are visiting Fort Lauderdale or if you live around the corner. Mario greets and treats ever customer as if they were family. [gallery link="none" ids="2531,2512,2526,2517,2508"] [post_title] => Photo Series: Mario's Catalina [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => photo-series-marios-catalina [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-24 18:15:53 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-24 18:15:53 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=1575 [menu_order] => 13 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [105] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4220 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2013-01-14 03:16:19 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-01-14 03:16:19 [post_content] => The food truck scene has really exploded over the past 2 years here in South Florida and Nacho Bizness was one of the early trucks on the road. Chef and founder Aaron Byers came from the yachting world where he was traveling around the globe serving first class cuisine. During his travels he got to experience many taco bars which have truly influenced his Nacho Bizness creations. [gallery link="none" ids="2569,2559,2554,2549,2539,2579"] [post_title] => Photo Series: Nacho Bizness [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => photo-series-nacho-bizness [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-24 18:36:10 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-24 18:36:10 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=1564 [menu_order] => 14 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [106] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 4219 [post_author] => 5 [post_date] => 2013-01-14 03:01:45 [post_date_gmt] => 2013-01-14 03:01:45 [post_content] => Fort Lauderdale is the city we love. Not only is it home to Brandamos, but it is where people from all around the world come to vist every year. We obviously love this city for many reasons, however, sometimes we tend to take for granted how vibrant and beautiful it is. We spent a evening trying to capture the true essence of Fort lauderdale and Las Olas Blvd. [gallery link="none" ids="2344,2439,2438"] [post_title] => Photo Series: Fort Lauderdale [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => photo-series-fort-lauderdale [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-11-08 21:12:30 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-11-08 21:12:30 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=1548 [menu_order] => 15 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [107] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 1475 [post_author] => 3 [post_date] => 2012-11-17 03:24:04 [post_date_gmt] => 2012-11-17 03:24:04 [post_content] => We just have come off a whirlwind of food festivals in South Florida, particuarly Broward County. We are happy to say we were participants in all of them. Some of the highlights at each festival:

Seminole Hard Rock Food and Wine Festival

Our client, Mario's Catalina had a raging success at this festival. We ran out of food within an hour and a half. Being so close to the entrance caused us to have a very large line and we just ran out quickly. Many people kept going back in line saying things like, "This is the best thing here." Some of our other favorites were, Leblon's Caipirinha, Hard Rock's Porchetta sandwich, Cupcake & Concannon Wines, Vovetti Prosecco, and of course Mario's Catalina Roast Pork. The Seminole Hard Rock Food and Wine Festival truly rocked!

Boca Food and Wine Festival

Our client, Mario's Catalina Restaurant was well represented and once again ran out of food early due to long lines.

Flavors International of Fort Lauderdale

This was a smaller event than the other two, but it was a first for Fort Lauderdale, FL. They are trying to make this into a much larger event that differs from other food and wine fests that includes Fort Lauderdale lifestyle as well. So at this festival they had cars (JM Lexus), boats (because this is Fort Lauderdale afterall), food, and wine. We participated in both Saturday and Sunday's grand tasting and if you went on Saturday and missed Sunday, then I gotta tell you that you missed the best part. Don't miss the grand tasting next year. We hope to see you all at these great events next year. [post_title] => Food Festivals [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => food-festivals [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-12-24 18:37:29 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-12-24 18:37:29 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=1475 [menu_order] => 16 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [108] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 1307 [post_author] => 4 [post_date] => 2012-08-30 22:58:05 [post_date_gmt] => 2012-08-30 22:58:05 [post_content] => We were given the opportunity to work Pure Suasion Inc, who manufactures Cilea Eyelash growth serum. Looking for a boost in their online marketing sales, they reached out to Brandamos. After careful strategic planning we have launched a new landing page for Cilea eyelash growth serum.

What's Different?

What do you think?

landing page design [post_title] => Cilea Landing Page Design [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => closed [ping_status] => closed [post_password] => [post_name] => cilea-landing-page-design [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2018-07-23 14:12:54 [post_modified_gmt] => 2018-07-23 14:12:54 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=1307 [menu_order] => 17 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) [109] => WP_Post Object ( [ID] => 1227 [post_author] => 3 [post_date] => 2012-07-10 04:53:25 [post_date_gmt] => 2012-07-10 04:53:25 [post_content] => Even though its hot in South Florida right now, the summertime is actually a pretty cool time for internet businesses. However, its a great time to retune your site with a new keyword targeting campaign, refreshing your website design, or making new seasonal graphics that can really boost your conversions. Its a great time to take advantage of this slower season to prepare for holiday season. Most retailers utilize the summer to refresh product lines, optimize store layouts, and get new promotional material ready for the upcoming fall season.

Did you know that most businesses make more money in the fall than in any other quarter of the year?

Contact us and we can get you setup for a great holiday season. - Contact Us - [post_title] => Summertime Is Perfect Time To Tune Your Site [post_excerpt] => [post_status] => publish [comment_status] => open [ping_status] => open [post_password] => [post_name] => summertime-is-perfect-time-to-tune-your-site [to_ping] => [pinged] => [post_modified] => 2017-09-28 04:28:58 [post_modified_gmt] => 2017-09-28 04:28:58 [post_content_filtered] => [post_parent] => 0 [guid] => https://www.brandamos.com/?p=1227 [menu_order] => 3 [post_type] => post [post_mime_type] => [comment_count] => 0 [filter] => raw ) )

Recent Projects

Brands BIG and SMALL

  • client 1
  • client 2
  • client 3
  • client logo 4
  • client logo 5

Raving Fans

How Can We Help You Today?